We are just a group of retired spooks that discuss things that you’ll not find anywhere else. It makes us unique. Take a look around. Learn a thing or two.
What is going on is that myself; MM, activates the EBP and communicates with the Domain via the “Domain Commander”.
The following is a list of 19 questions that was submitted to me for presentation to the Domain Commander to answer. They were compiled by three Chinese nationals who are presently in school.It took me about a half a month to answer and required multiple sessions with the Domain Commander. Some of the questions had to be duplicated and compiled as the input was garbled. The later question sets regarding [1] health and [2] diet, and [3] drugs required me to draft a series of text essays and then go line by line with the Domain Commander with input and retractions. Resulting in the massive answers provided herein.On numerous occasions the Domain Commander started referring to Chinese stories, idioms and Chinese lessons. However, I could not adequately translate what was being presented to me, so I used a technique. This is a system of pick-and-choose where I presented the input words and images that the Domain Commander represented, then ChatGPT to flush out what the Chinese text equivalences were. Then I would make a second pass asking the Domain Commander if this was it’s intention, and what future elaborations were necessary.This was a very time consuming process, but everything presented here is with Domain Commander blessing and authorization. - MM
Questions list for the Domain Commander
By Questioner ONE, TWO and THREE.
1. (Title: Volunteers in general, Preparation for the Final Exam)
Question:
We need to do something really meaningful in our lives and follow The Domain’s guidelines, and prevent reincarnations. What else does The Domain support and encourage us to do on this planet while inhibiting a physical body, besides volunteering with The Domain and doing affirmation campaigns? (In other words, what skills should we practice in our everyday life?) Background information: Not everyone is well versed in lucid dreaming/OBE. For example, if there is a specific guideline of how to perform Lucid Dreaming, we would really appreciate it.
Answer:
The trio asking these questions are concerned that they are doing something wrong or doing so insufficiently. They are not versed in understanding the concept of time, and the scheduling of their operational objectives. At this time, all three entities are in the midst of various activities that train for a host of roles.
Entity ONE will experience a target role earlier than the other two. But at that, it still will not occur for a few years. This role is not as the entity thinks. It is a human role and will involve interaction with another human. This interaction will initiate a chain of events that will “bootstrap” a series of subsequent events that will be of great benefit to the collective. There are other actions that all entities will take place with, most however will occur during dreaming. No lucid dream requirements are specified. Later on towards the conclusion of this lifeline the entity will recognize the entire breadth and depth of its role and that will serve it well when it passes through death translation. From which further actions and training on our side will take place. In this case this is an important role, as are all the roles of the three questioners. It should be noted that the support team for this entity is in place and guiding the entity though the physical event cycles.
Entity TWO will have a role that might not appear obvious, but is rather acting as a recharging battery that other powerful pro-Domain entities can utilize. This is not what the entity is expecting, but the useful benefit of entities in the human form is their access to both the physical and the non-physical realms. This entity is especially suited for this role, and can do so passively. Later on, though out this role, and throughout this entities life, the entity would meet people and will recharge them. And it will happened, and for the most part, this entity will be unaware of it’s role. It must be noted that recharging is not the same a a battery. Just analogous to it. There will be a transfer of energy, data (sic), capabilities (that are stored assets and “programs” that will be transferred to the entity) and other things that Domain sees fit. Additionally, this entity will experience some physical “training” and may be granted some heightened PSI skills for some on-going projects for participation in. This entity is on a pre-agreed path for a volunteer role and recent off-reality discussions with the entity’s “handling” support group confirms this. The Domain support group for this entity is also in training for this particular role and will hand-hold and hand-shake efforts as they transpire. This is on-going.
Entity THREE is being prepped for a more aggressive “combat” role for a non-physical space. This requires extensive physical world training, though done so using the non-physical attributes. Throughout the life-line of this entity there will be periodic minor roles that the entity will encounter. From which experience will be obtained. For the most part the entity will not be able to witness any changes as the entity cannot perceive the non-physical. Later, post death translation, this entity will work in the non-physical with the association of other species and soul platforms in a liaison role for coordination activities. This is an important role. However, the role in the physical life will be mostly training for that role with training being in the realms between the physical and non-physical regimes. Domain support is ever present, and there in a non-physical component for communication training that will cause some physical manifestations to appear.
All three entities must understanding that the roles that Domain has assigned to them are important ones. That they have a unique moment and opportunity to learn and obtain training in the very rare twilight zone between reality and non-reality space, and we have assigned a transition “expert” from our force complement to manage these affairs. Lucid dreaming will take on a very minor role at this time and in this role. As the activity actually involves more coordination with the mantid (sic) higher energy states for rapid technique assimilation.
2. (Title: Volunteers in general, more specific post death plans)
Question:
If Mantid GP does NOT cooperate upon translation with our plan of escaping the prison complex and volunteering for Domain, what should the consciousness do other than calling Domain for assistance and refusing to be tricked by the Mantid into another reincarnation?
To be more specific, our final version of Question 2 is: Apart from calling out for Domain, refusing our mantid GP’s demand by saying something like “No, you go, you reincarnate and experience all of this yourself”, thinking carefully before making any decision, not entering the tunnel of light, realizing that time does not exist to remain calm, etc, could you give us additional information on what to do after departing from our physical bodies? If it is indeed possible to escape from Earth, we would like to get detailed information from “The Domain” about methods, procedures, requirements, etc.
Background information: we know from some online videos posted by MM that it is possible for the Mantid GP to trick us into another reincarnation.
For example, the Mantid GP might only give us some pleasant memories while hiding the unpleasant ones to create the illusion that life on Earth is just fantastic.
Meanwhile, we firmly believe no MM audience/follower would want another disgusting reincarnation cycle after death.
We know that the Mantid GP is much more powerful than us. We know there might be some traps other than the tunnel of light that we cannot identify. The answers for Question10.14a on MM’s website is not sufficient, because they do not talk about the possible traps we will encounter in detail. The main reason why we ask this question is to maximize our chances of escape.
Answer:
Previous answers on the MM website do not apply here.
This is a different situation and involves a different group of consciousness clusters now on a altered activity path. Previous questions referenced to a different set of initial conditions, the conditions for this question are not the same.
All the trio of entities operate multiple bodies at this time. They are under the illusion that each “person” only has but one consciousness. When in reality they are part of a multitude of shared consciousnesses. So this question, might be a little confusing for the entities to understand.
In the case of all three entities; the are the lead consciousness, and each one has another “slave” consciousness that is also in the physical world performing physical activities. For the most part, and without getting into too much detail, these “slave” consciousnesses are in other species. Species that the entities might consider to be “below them” such as animals, and birds.
The Mantid GP (sic) and Mantid Prime (sic) work with the consciousness and tethers the “slave” consciousnesses in such a way that physical repulsion and fear triggers are avoided. This is one of the many traps set up by Old Empire.
It can be confirmed that in the trio concerned in this question sequence, that the Mantid GP and Primes are all in absolute alliance with the desires of the consciousnesses, and this is a formal Domain confirmation. Period.
“Slave” consciousness (in all cases) do not have the ability to alter pre-birth world-line directives due to a retardation of mental acumen. This is managed though careful coordination of the individual IS-BE shared tethering of the two (and in the case of questioner THREE) three “slave” consciousnesses.
Mantids operate by strict script programming. Rules must be followed unless vocalized changes are put in place.
To the answer, it is the same for all three entities. Mantid will meet you at death translation, and Domain will be nearby. However, you must still CALL OUT for active Domain participation. We will refuse to assist unless you actually ask for our assistance. This is our rule. It is not a universal rule.
If you fail to call out for Domain, we will stand down and allow the Mantid system to run its natural course. It is all set in motion. An interruption of that course must require your consciousness direct participation.
Finally, one of the trio has already made / discussed a further participative role that might require a re-injection back into the reality as another human in the future. This is not a fixed request, but one that was made before the entity asked to become a domain volunteer. As far as we are concerned, this is an out-of-date request and should be ignored. But it still exists until the entity says and states otherwise. Verbalization of intent is the legal document that Domain uses to authorize injection.
One the second and third passes through this question, the Domain Commander insisted in a clarification process. And presented this first Chinese story for me to present. -MM
It is important that all members of the Trio make wise decisions when encountering the unknown upon the death translation cycle. There is always the danger of treachery.
One famous Chinese idiom that fits the scenario of making a wise decision in the face of treachery is “草船借箭” (cǎo chuán jiè jiàn), which translates to “Borrowing Arrows with Straw Boats.”
This idiom originates from the classic Chinese historical novel “Romance of the Three Kingdoms” (三国演义, Sānguó Yǎnyì). It highlights the wisdom and ingenuity required to navigate treacherous situations.
MM generated background here, with summaries. What follows is an MM-generated background, But reviewed and OK’d by the Domain Commander. Two key parts; the story itself, and the moral lessons. -MM
Story of “Borrowing Arrows with Straw Boats”
Background: During the Three Kingdoms period, the states of Wei, Shu, and Wu were in constant conflict. Zhuge Liang, the brilliant strategist of the Shu state, faced a challenging situation when his ally, Sun Quan of the Wu state, requested a large number of arrows for an upcoming battle. Zhuge Liang promised to deliver 100,000 arrows within three days, knowing that this would be nearly impossible through conventional means.
The Treacherous Situation: Sun Quan’s general, Zhou Yu, who was jealous of Zhuge Liang’s intelligence and sought to undermine him, believed that Zhuge Liang would fail and thus lose face. Zhou Yu thought the task was an opportunity to set a trap, as he anticipated Zhuge Liang’s failure.
Zhuge Liang’s Wise Decision: Zhuge Liang, aware of the treachery and the tight timeline, devised a clever plan. He ordered the construction of numerous straw boats, which he filled with straw figures and launched toward the enemy’s camp at dawn, under cover of heavy fog. The enemy, Cao Cao’s forces, mistook the boats for an impending attack and unleashed a barrage of arrows, which became lodged in the straw targets.
Outcome: After the fog lifted, Zhuge Liang’s boats returned safely, laden with the enemy’s arrows. He successfully delivered the promised 100,000 arrows within the stipulated time, demonstrating his strategic brilliance and ability to turn treachery to his advantage.
Moral and Application:
1. Understanding the Situation: Zhuge Liang’s success was based on his deep understanding of both his allies and enemies. He knew Zhou Yu’s intentions and anticipated Cao Cao’s reaction to the fog and straw boats.
2. Thinking Creatively: Instead of following conventional methods, Zhuge Liang used creative thinking to solve the problem, turning a potential trap into an opportunity.
3. Using Deception: By using the fog and straw boats, Zhuge Liang employed deception effectively, a key aspect of strategic thinking, especially when dealing with treacherous opponents.
4. Maintaining Calm Under Pressure: Despite the seemingly impossible task and the treachery around him, Zhuge Liang remained calm and confident in his plan, which is crucial for making wise decisions.
The following is the raw data feed, cleaned up and elaborated upon by MM over the Domain Commander suggestions. I am instructed that this is an important part of the answer and that it must be pristine. -MM
How to Make the Proper Decision:
– Assess the Risks and Motives: Understand the motivations behind others’ actions and assess the risks involved.
– Leverage Your Strengths: Use your resources and strengths creatively to turn the situation in your favor.
– Stay Calm and Think Ahead: Maintain composure under pressure and think several steps ahead.
– Turn Weaknesses into Strengths: Like Zhuge Liang, turn potential disadvantages into advantages through strategic thinking and ingenuity.
The story of “Borrowing Arrows with Straw Boats” encapsulates the wisdom required to navigate treachery.
Once the IS-BE exits the reality universe, there will be moments of treachery.
The idiom teaches that with deep understanding, creative thinking, strategic use of deception, and calmness under pressure, one can turn a seemingly dire situation into a successful outcome.
For a brief period of time from ejection from the reality universe to the moment when the call out to Domain occurs, the IS-BE will be vulnerable. This is how to keep focused and navigate though the situation adroitly.
3. (Title: Peaceful Emotions/Mind)
Question written by entity THREE:
How to keep yourself always calm? Free from feelings and desires so that we become very efficient in helping The Domain. I think this is a great question for those who really want to help The Domain, and I’ve tried a lot of ways to do it, but none of them work very well. As an example: I know exactly what I should be doing right now, but I have a hard time doing it. Because feelings and desires are always controlling this body, e.g. the urge to play games, or the urge to go do something pleasurable (urge for food and sexual desire), etc ….. My friend (a follower of MM) is feeling the same way. I would love to get what works and share it with my friends who really want to help the Domain. Of course, maybe I’m thinking a bit purely. Will this question go through, thank you very much!
Answer:
Entity THREE is missing the point of being human. Emotions play an important part of the human experience. It is the same as the role of intelligence, social interaction and physical exercise. With emotion, the drive to accomplish many things that the human species (and other species do) become possible. Without it, the human experience would not be so colorful and vibrant.
It must be noted that the emotional component to the human experience has all be pre-arranged by the topography of the pre-birth world-line template (sic) and is a necessary component of the human experience. Planning for the life cycle and event sequences mandate emotional passions to engage.
Emotions play a major role outside of the physical body as well. The trick for the entities involved is to control the emotions within a range of acceptability so that there isn’t a wildly divergence in the future transit vector upon the world-line template. The good news is that the entity is doing fine, and is a little worried that it is not. This is an illusion.
4. (Title: Request for stronger evidence about Domain’s existence)
Question:
Would the DC be able to give us harmless physical or non-physical visual confirmation for the existence of Domain for the group of 3 of us?
For example, by manipulating our electronic devices for physical confirmation, or giving us the exact same visual manifestations in our dreams for non-physical.
If you could give us physical clues, this could especially ramp up the number of volunteers for Domain as it is easier to convince others about this information and further prevent any Old Empire mind traps installed upon us from torturing us by questioning our judgment.
(Background information: When trapped inside a physical skin suit with memory loss and limited ability, such powerful confirmations regarding the Domain ’s existence is very meaningful for all of us. It is more meaningful than those outside of a painful body can ever imagine.
Any evidence or proof about you guys is greatly appreciated. In fact, they are much more important than acknowledgment about our efforts requested by some MM follower earlier last year. If you don’t want your existence to be physically recorded, please at least consider allowing us to witness your physical forms or make much stronger events to manifest in our dreams.)
(Note to MM: this question may apply to every volunteer. Although it contains personal examples, it is in essence not a personal question.)
Answer:
Domain operate within a spirit world, or spirit plane. We occupy physical containers for various purposes. We do so to conduct routine medical procedures, to collect biopsies, and to perform treaty negotiations. We cannot alter the physical reality unless we are in a physical container.
The way around this is to ask an entity already in a physical container to do so for us. For instance to ask a computer programmer to send a virus to one of your computers, or to write you an e-mail. However, asking an agent or friend of ours to do something (such as MM here) is outside of the contract agreements that we make with our friends and volunteers. In each and every relationship, we define strict rules of behavior. What you are asking for lie outside of those boundaries and we will not jump over them.
5: (Title: Personal relationships and personal roles associated with the Domain for the group of 3)
Question.
Could we ask about our relationships with the Domain prior to our Earth incarnation and our major missions in this lifetime for each of us?
Note to MM: if the Domain Commander says we were indeed Domain members, we would really appreciate you if you also ask it about our roles within the Domain prior to our Earth reincarnations. In this case,we politely ask it to provide a more specific answer than this answer. For example, such saying “these entitles signed a contract with the Domain.”, or details about our class(rankings), professions/ “majors ”/ main roles/talents that contributed to the Domain the most, etc would be greatly appreciated. We have reviewed your past comm with the DC carefully. We are aware that knowing our past history in general does more harm than help for us. We also know that volunteers’ relationships with the commander are in general confidential. Therefore, we ask about our relationships with the Domain instead.
Answer:
All three entities were Baroque era friends during a previous physical incarnation. During this period all three were female. All there were practicing (what was at that time considered to be ) witchcraft; the “black arts”. In that form, and at that time, the entities were involved in conjuring up demons, spirits, and other non-physical entities in order to procure human earthly desires such as sex, love, and lust in various forms.
Using this venue, one of our Domain agents / associates noticed a particularly high amount of non-physical / spiritual traffic associated with your combined efforts and appeared to you all at that time in a non-physical form; it was manifested as “open communication” to each of you simultaneously without physical appearance. At that time you ladies closed your eyes and in the incense filled room would repeat what the agent said to you in Latin, and one or the other would answer to it. In this way a dialog was opened up.
There were many requests for sexually related diversions, money and other pleasures of the flesh that do not concern this topic. However, at one point questioner TWO in that body and at that time, asked to “join as one” with the entity (the Domain asset), and the other two questioners ONE and THREE agreed.
Domain asset provided directions for a baptismal event. Whereas all three entities would baptize each other in a pool of water under a full moon. You all took turns stripping down to nude, and immersing yourselves into the water of the pool. After that event all entities considered yourselves baptized into the Domain.
You all considered yourselves agents of Domain until your deaths in that reincarnation cycle. Note that you did not refer to Domain as “Domain” but rather as “Calix Templi Spiritus” which can be interpreted as “Chalice of the Spiritual Temple” or “Chalice of the Temple of the Spirit.”
Moreover, none of you called out for Domain upon your death sequence. And when you were greeted by your Mantid, and deceased friends and family members you forgot about your baptismal. Never once calling out to Domain. Though one of you, questioner TWO called out for Jesus.
Questioners ONE and THREE had other visits, non-physical of course, with the Domain in other reincarnations since that event (according to the time track). But were (in those bodies) unaware of any previous agreements or baptismal that you all had participated in.
6. (Personal question, request for confirmation)
Question:
Could the DC be able to give us a confirmation for volunteering for Domain and status on alternations of the non-physical body for the group of 3, by each person?
Answer:
All three entities, questioner ONE, TWO and THREE, have volunteered to work with Domain on multiple occasions, and in multiple lifetimes.
In regards to alternations to the non-physical bodies of those involved…
Questioner ONE. Alterations occurred under Domain supervision, but was conducted by another group associated with this regional sphere. This occurred three times. In a previous incarnation there were two procedures. And there was one just made prior to injection into this reality. All three procedures were made by the same group. Domain allows and gives it’s blessings. It is possible to have further events occur during this life-line. Please monitor your dreams and your stability exercises for relative insights.
Questioner TWO. Domain alterations occurred twice. The first was in a prior incarnation. It involved the removal of tracking and abuse entities placed there by a malevolent entity. The second occurred in this incarnation. Domain upgraded the non-physical body to a “purer” state or model.
Questioner THREE. Multiple events occurred this life-line. All by Domain, or under Domain supervision. Purposes were to upgrade the non-physical body. The second was to better interact with the Mantid GP (sic), and the third was to extract a malevolent entity leech.
7: (Personal question, asking about potential Domain members around us)
Question:
Are there any entities that at least one of the 3 of us know in their current lifetime that the Domain wishes to contact? For example, are there any lost Domain members around us that we could help to connect with Domain? If we don’t know anyone, are there any entities on the internet you wish us to attempt to contact?
Answer:
Domain understands the request for assistance. However at this time this type of assistance is not necessary.
A high percentage of Domain interaction has been pre-planned on the pre-birth world-line template (sic). The human physical body moves much slower than the non-physical body and our interactions tend to skew towards non-physical boy interactions.
Domain conducts the bulk of inmate interactions on the non-physical planes / realms / environments.
It is worth noting that the memory erasure “tunnel” has been adjusted / culled /deactivated /rendered impotent. Thus enabling better interactions with Mantid GP and Mantid Prime with Domain interjections. Prior to these tunnel alterations, the ability for Domain to contact inmates of the physical was greatly retarded.
8. (More information about how to interpret dreams)
Question:
Can the DC teach us more about how to use dreams’ form and content to deduce what actually happened in reality? (in both the physical and the non-physical)
Background: In past comms, the DC gave us some ways to interpret dreams. For example, if you dream a place 3 times in a row, then the dream is significant.
Answer:
All entities have the necessary skills needed to “interpret dreams”. However, the monitoring of dreams is not as important in the control of the waking state and mitigation of emotions such as anger, greed, lust, and other vices.
Periodically the Mantid forms, other loved ones, and beneficial entities might try to send information to the entity using the dream venue. As well, as malevolent entities.
It is important that if the entity wishes to fully interpret a given dream that it NOT take it literally. Monitor dreams (with a dream journal) for three successive days. Then note the TRENDS in the dreams. Not the actual activity in the dreams. The true interpretation of dreams rests upon the common trend-lines. Not the confused chaos that often inhabit the dream-scape.
9. (Personal question, but can apply to all)
Question:
Could you please give all volunteers a list of safest countries to live in based on the current world-line template? (Based on previous answer, we assume China is the safest, we would appreciate if you could also give us city/region of such safe place within each countries.)
Background information: One of the questioner is living in South Korea and is concerned about current events with North Korea, wondering if he should move to other country or not in the future.
Answer:
Domain registers your angst and discomfort given the current state of global Geo-politics.
It is important to note that the seemingly bizarre behavior of the human species is intertwined with the changing (yet periodic) changing of the solar max cycles. It is a global phenomenon. An entity cannot avoid it’s influence by moving from one geographical region to another.
However, there are regions that are subject to great discord, and other regions that are subject to a quieter and gentler absorption of the chaotic energies that surround the earthly sphere at this moment.
Great “wheels” are in motion; with cycles, and curves of probability all intertwined and cascading over and over upon each other. Making things appear very tumultuous and nefarious.
On an individual basis this does not appear problematic. But a careful restudy of the social and cultural aspects of the human situation suggest that layered force generations that control individual personalities and consciousnesses can also set in motion quite potentially catastrophic event styles.
In general, I advise, if the entity is so interested; To seek out traditional cultures. They are scattered throughout the globe. Embrace one such culture. Even if that culture is but a walled-off enclave that sits inside a non-traditional social contract. Find the bubbles of tradition.
In the United States this might include the Mennonite societies or the Amish societies. In the Pacific islands you have the Māori people. There are pockets of predominantly traditional people throughout Asia. From Korea, of course, China, to Vietnam and Laos, Burma, and the Philippines.
The middle East and the ‘Stans all have thriving traditional cultures, though some, such as Afghanistan, are corrupted to some degree. Africa has many opportunities for traditional cultures, as does South America.
The primary areas of danger lie in the advanced progressive nations of the West. The reason being that the human species, and most other species, possess genetically encoded society attributes, roles, behaviors and mannerisms. Males hunt, work provide and protect. Females raise families, nurture, take over domestic routines, and raise children. These are fundamental elements of the human specific cohesiveness.
The more creative humans or groups of humans desire for personal profit, and illness to alter this established order. When so disrupted, the collapse of society is anticipated. When stressful events come, such as global wide change, the societies that are not grounded in traditional social behavior patterns will undergo tremendous upheaval. All three entities must deeply embed themselves within a stable”traditional” social construct for surviving periods of massive discomfort and change.
10. (Major Events in the near future)
Question:
Could you tell us the major events and its timelines that will be likely to unleash in the near future for us to prepare for?
Background information: I will layout three examples that we are concerned about. Major events such as Covid-19 and its vaccination rollouts have been devastating for all of us. We want to know if DC can tell us such plans ahead of time for us to prepare.
In another example, there has been information about the “pole shift” and solar activities that will cause massive flood that could extinct humanity. We would like to know if such events is on the line to manifest and how we can prepare as an example.
Lastly, we are surprised much about the Deagel Forecast and worried about what will happen in 2025 and after 2025 despite the Commander’s reservations about the Deagel Forecast.We watched your Patreon video. We know the DC said the current situation is under their control,but we still fear the future. So we want to ask this question.
Answer:
The reality universe operates on potentials. When a consciousness in injected into a world-line template, the future for that template is established at injection; birth.
There are many consciousnesses that will experience very catastrophic changes in their present and future event sequences.
As DC, and with permission, we can observe the pre-birth world-line template (sic) and observe highest probability events PROVIDED that there are no slides (sic), or massive changes to the prayer authorizations (Affirmation campaign results).
The bulk of MM followers will experience a highest probability of mild to medium bads. With the vast commonality to be insulated and isolated from the very worst event sequences. However, this is not shared with the majority of humanity. Their templates indicate a very high probability of medium to very severe bads.
All trio are concerned about the future, but the protections and guarded presentations are of a bubble or envelope of mild to gentle bads and we recommend not to be too swayed by event sequences that do not concern them.
It must be reaffirmed and positively stated that the experiences, and indeed the reality that one consciousness experiences will differ substantially from others. Take heed some consciousnesses will experience global wide thermonuclear war, but the vast bulk of MM followers are on templates that will avoid this reality materialization. For most of the readership here, they will be under the impression that no so such event happened.
As we project onto the established templates.
The probabilities are low.
Yet, there will be bleed-though in aligned realities, and a series of strange, even horrifying events might materialize in the face of certain individual consciousnesses. Not to worry. But odd events like birds having mass die offs, and the unusual disappearing of certain people might be terminal examples of bleed through events.
A great concern of Domain is the damage to the reality superstructure during nuclear war event sequences, and that is presently keeping our staff occupied. For nuclear war has already manifested in some world-line templates and repair is on-going.
As far a trio and MM follower base this is transparent, and you need not worry. For all of the readership you are “laying low” or “on the lam” from any highly graphic bads.
11. Personal – A request for finding a communication channel other than MM in the future)
Question:
If we fail to open a direct comm in the future without MM, by the time you truly want to call us in the physical to assign us missions, what organizations should we seek (in South Korea, China, or in the United States) for guidance?
Background information: We are much younger than MM. After MM leaves the Earth Prison Planet several decades later, if we still cannot manage to communicate with the Domain ourselves, we would like to know if there is any solution other than by practicing Hemi-sync music to contact you guys. For example, we know from past comm that the DC did not gave South Korea as a place for such organizations, but it does no harm to ask.
Answer:
Association with any number of groups that discuss lucid dreaming, PSI training, the writings of Matilda, the Domain, or ways to fortify or protect ones non-physical being from outside influences would be beneficial.
All three members of the trio have different experiences, and will gravitate to different venues. There is not a “one size fits all” in this case, and for all of you, approaching these other organizations with an open mind will serve you well.
In reading the template profiles for the trio, questioner TWO will have a bifurcation spawning a romantic interest in the search sequence. This will, in turn, result into a Domain-inspired training exercise. Questioners ONE and THREE are standard template paths, and neither should host any worries or concerns.
The most important skill for all three questioners is to learn to focus, to be able to clear and de-clutter the mind for reality influences, and learn how to listen to the open Comms internally. Hemi-Sync can accomplish this effectively.
12.Unlisted
Question:
Some users on the internet report that AI chatbot technology like ChatGPT can perform remote viewing with blind targets. How does AI technology work, where it is going for future of society, and is it a sentient being?
This is a technology. When a species encounters a new technology for the first time, it is natural to experience a fear, or a series of fears.
Details on how AI technology works is easily found on the Internet, and the questioner can utilize ChatGPT to provide answers, directions and solutions.
The utilization of this technology is a natural progression in an industrialized and science-infused culture. It was presented in all of the Trio’s pre-birth world-line templates, and will become a normal part of the human society in a short amount of time.
The idea of “artificial intelligence” is a mimicking mechanism that seemingly replicates human intelligence. It is not sentient. At least, not at the current technological level.
Sentience is defined by consciousness.
Consciousness has direct, or periodically while in the human species physical body, access to full multi-incarnation memory sets. Since AI has no access to non-physical memories (at this point in time), it has no consciousness.
At this stage in human species development, AI is not sentient as it has no consciousness. Though it might trivially appear to have a consciousness. The individual who encounters AI might consider it to be a Big Cheese, but it is just a know-it-all with limited breadth of scope.
13. Unlisted
Question:
Do all living things, including plants, animals, insects, even micro organisms have consciousness in them just like human skin suits? If so, are they all occupied by IS-BEs or are they different like a programmed consciousness which we refer to “NPC”? If they are not, for certain living things, what are they?
Answer:
All things; living and inanimate, have a type of consciousness. Whether it is a rock, a stone, a bird, a human, or a phonograph; all physical items within the reality universe has a consciousness.
Consciousness is a very complex and involved subject with variations, types and sub-types numbering in the many billions.
Additionally, there is a layered, gradient ‘shadow” that defines the attributes and control that a given consciousness can access relative to the reality that it inhabits.
MM wrote about a very simplistic understanding of the development of a human species consciousness, but that is so simplistic as to be ducky. For us, it’s the Bees Knees. Silly, actually.
In reality, the divisions between different consciousness variations is a massive subject with an extraordinarily broad array of variations and configurations.
An IS-BE consists of an array of quantum configurations that a (higher level) part consists of a soul, or which a further sub-part consists fo a consciousness.
Of this, a rearrangement of the elements keyed to a given species is what defines a consciousness injection into a given reality platform. It is the injection of the quantum configuration into a given reality universe (or non-reality universe) that defines the temporary consciousness that is specified at the moment. And from this, of course, evolves the physical manifestation of the species that blossoms forth.
On the questions referring to “shadow people” and NPC’s, which can (given the proper context) refer to the same thing; it actually defines the percentage of active quanta that defines the consciousness in any given moment within a universe structure.
If the questioner were to take a “snapshot” of time the quanta of the questioner will be simultaneously occupying multiple souls, with multiple consciousnesses, in multiple configurations. These would involve different species, in different roles. The commonality would be that they share the same universe, and the percentage of quanta would fluctuate from physical manifestation to physical manifestation.
For the purposes of simplification, it is easiest for the human species to bifurcate the individuals that they encounter into “active consciousness containers” and “shadow people”.
14. Perception
Question:
Our ability to think and perceive is severely limited by inhabiting this physical body, so it is very difficult for us to ask valuable questions. So we are asking, why is it that you, the Commander, is asking us to ask some questions and have you answer them? I think it is more important that we should listen to your guidance and let you guide us on what we should do, especially because you understand the whole situation better than we do.
Answer:
Yes.
This venue is provided due to the personality needs of the bodies that your consciousnesses currently inhabit.
To provide an analogy; You all in the Trio are riding three different roller coasters. You can get off if you dare. But the exiting from the car(s) is fearful and fraught with danger and uncertainty. You can remain seated, and hold on to the seatbelt and enjoy the ride; catch the thrills, and feel the tearing of the gravitational variances. Soon enough, the ride will end and then you will be made aware of all the purposes and questions that you are asking of me now.
The Trio should study Meng Chang’s Snow (孟尝雪, Mèngcháng Xuě).
All members of the Trio, and for many of the MM readership; a person’s true purpose can be hidden or underestimated until the right moment reveals it. Do NOT try to force early disclosure. This will thwart our long term planning and schedule.
15. (Topic: questions about genius disappearance)
Question:
Can a mediocre person in this life once be a genius in previous reincarnations? Can the Domain Commander explain the mechanism that suppresses the emergence of geniuses?
Background Information:
“Today Airl told me about some very technical
things. I took a few notes to remind myself,
so I can repeat what she said as closely as
possible. She began with an analogy about
scientific knowledge:
‘Can you imagine how much progress could have
been made on Earth if people like Johannes
Gutenberg, Sir Isaac Newton, Benjamin Franklin,
George Washington Carver, Nicola Tesla, Jonas
Salk, and Richard Trevithick, and many thousands
of similar geniuses and inventors were living
today?
Image what technical accomplishments might have
been developed if men like these never died?
What if they were never given amnesia and made
to forget everything they knew? What if they
continued to learn and work forever?’ ”---excerpted from Alien Interview”
Purpose of asking this question: to boost confidence of potentially mediocre volunteers in a practical way.
From the short excerpt above from Alien Interview, one natural conclusion is that these genius IS-BEs underwent some sort of treatment after their death simply because they were geniuses. Another natural conclusion is that most of them still get reincarnated.
So a simplified version of the 2nd question under this title is roughly equivalent to: what prevents these geniuses from being geniuses again in their next reincarnation?
Answer:
It is an illusion to consider that high intelligence is preferable or important. It is not. It is a singular attribute, in an array of attributes, that define a given entity’s value, worth and contribution to the soul-established learning schedule.
聪明反被聪明误 (cōng míng fǎn bèi cōng míng wù): “Being too clever can lead to one’s own downfall.”
It is important to fully grasp the dangers of dissatisfaction with one’s pre-birth world-line template (sic) and physical body selection. Consider the story of Zhou Yu (周瑜) and Zhuge Liang (诸葛亮) from “Romance of the Three Kingdoms.”.
The story of Zhou Yu and Zhuge Liang illustrates that being clever and intelligent is not enough if it is driven by jealousy and used for malicious purposes. It underscores the importance of character, wisdom, and the ability to work harmoniously with others, rather than letting one’s cleverness lead to downfall. The Trio must accept their pre-birth world-line template selection, work within their pre-defined attributes and pace their desires. The reality universe does not operate on DouXing time.
16. (Title: the owner and purpose behind the novel: “Domain Expeditionary Force Rescue Mission”)
Question:
For the fictional book “Domain Expeditionary Force Rescue Mission”, why was this book created and by whom? Do they contain any harmful information that may lead us to different path in our plans?
Background: The book “Domain Expeditionary Force Rescue Mission” contains many facts that match well with”Alien Interview”. However, you have mentioned that the book is fiction, and that we should not trust it.
Answer:
The book is a fiction. It is a for-profit effort using a popular venue to acquire clients. Certainly, Domain could have directed the thought process by the author. But we did not. It did not serve our needs. Further worries and concerns regarding this tome is unwarranted and need not be considered.
17: (NOT a personal question, apply to all volunteers)
Title: Comm with the Domain, More advice
Question:
In our daily lives, other than practicing this Hemi-Sync music, staying at quiet places, what are other things that we need to do in order to maximize our chances of communicating with the Domain Commander ourselves?
Background information: One of us has practiced this for several months without any real progress. This process is not easy and can be somewhat painful. So we want to ask this question to improve efficiency in general.
Answer:
Three different people; three different situations. Three different techniques to employ for three different outcomes. The biggest problems that the entities currently experience is a lack of understanding about “time”, manifesting in impatience. A ego derived mantle that artificially determines whether an action is successful or not, and a complete lack of understanding in their physical role as it pertains to Domain.
The Trio should restudy how impatience can result in bad outcomes is “揠苗助长” (yà miáo zhù zhǎng), which translates to “pulling up seedlings to help them grow.” This is an ancient Chinese fable attributed to the philosopher Mencius (Mengzi).
These stories, related herein, are timeless classics because they are fundamental. One cannot rush the cooking of soup, even if you are the cat’s meow, some things cannot be rushed. Just as the farmer’s impatience ruined his crops, youthful impatience in any endeavor can lead to failure or harm.
18: Drug use
Question:
How do psychedelic drugs such as LSD, DMT, Cannabis work? Are they useful in anyway or harmful? The reason why I ask this – many users on the internet mention they found out that this is a prison complex after using such drugs like DMT, as if they had a “download” of information.
Answer:
Drugs operate by controlling various attributes of the physical body. In particular, Western medicines are based on the specific targeting of physical maladies for profit or financial gain. This is a recent change, up until a century and a half ago, most medical treatments were holistic in nature, and involved various techniques.
The purpose of this question is based upon an association between unusual experiences and drug use, in particular psychotropic drugs.
The association between unusual experiences and drug use, particularly psychotropic drugs, is well-documented in both scientific literature and anecdotal reports.
Psychotropic drugs, especially those classified as hallucinogens or psychedelics, can significantly alter perception, cognition, and mood, leading to experiences that users often describe as mystical, spiritual, or otherworldly.
This does NOT mean that the experience is illusionary, but is often a removal of a veil that kept experiences hidden due to an overwhelming mental connection between the five senses, a suppression of the sixth sense, and social and scientific ridicule. Often initially generated for personal profit reasons (in the big picture).
What follows is a summary that I went line though line with the Domain Commander. I am instructed that this must be provided as shown with Commander inputs. -MM
Psychotropic Drugs and Their Effects:
1. Hallucinogens and Psychedelics:
– DMT (Dimethyltryptamine): Known for producing intense, short-lived hallucinations, often involving encounters with entities described as angels, spirits, or aliens. Users frequently report vivid visual and auditory experiences, along with profound emotional and spiritual sensations. Some of these encounters are actual, while others are perception distortions that are interpreted as contact events.
– LSD (Lysergic acid diethylamide): Causes altered perceptions of reality, visual hallucinations, and a sense of time distortion. Users may experience profound insights, spiritual epiphanies, or feelings of unity with the universe. These actions alter the already established mental processes that focus on reasoning, and sensory input.
– Psilocybin (found in magic mushrooms): Leads to altered states of consciousness, visual and auditory hallucinations, and deep emotional and spiritual experiences. Like Lysergic acid diethylamide, these chemicals alter the already established mental processes that focus on reasoning, and sensory input.
2. Mechanisms of Action:
– These substances primarily act on the brain’s serotonin receptors, particularly the 5-HT2A receptor, which plays a key role in mood regulation, perception, and cognition.
– By altering the normal functioning of these receptors, psychedelics disrupt the usual patterns of neural activity, leading to a breakdown of the typical boundaries between the senses, self, and environment (a phenomenon known as “sensory crossover” or “synesthesia”).
Unusual Experiences:
1. Spiritual and Mystical Encounters:
– Users often report encounters with what they perceive as higher beings, spiritual guides, or other non-physical entities. These experiences can be profound and transformative, leading to long-lasting changes in personal beliefs and attitudes. Again, these can be actual encounters or a mislabeling of perception changes.
– Common themes include a sense of unity with all existence, the dissolution of the ego, and insights into the nature of reality and consciousness.
2. Visual and Auditory Hallucinations:
– Vivid, often geometric visual patterns, shifting colors, and fractal imagery are typical. Auditory hallucinations can range from hearing voices or music to more abstract sounds. These tend to be physical variances, rather than actual entities or non-physical events.
– These hallucinations can feel intensely real, sometimes more real than ordinary waking life, leading users to interpret them as encounters with other dimensions or planes of existence. Which at times, are actually correct, while other times are mere mislabeling and misunderstanding of the experiences.
3. Emotional and Cognitive Effects:
– Enhanced emotional sensitivity and a feeling of connection to others and the universe are common. These emotional shifts can lead to a greater sense of empathy and understanding. This is oftern an erasure of society, and physical experience pathways that the brain has used though rote repetition.
– Users may experience altered thought processes, including the sensation of understanding deep, universal truths or gaining insight into personal and philosophical questions.
Psychological and Cultural Context:
1. Set and Setting:
– The user’s mindset (set) and the physical and social environment (setting) play crucial roles in shaping the nature of the experiences. Positive expectations and a supportive setting can enhance the likelihood of positive, transformative experiences.
– Conversely, negative expectations or a chaotic setting can lead to distressing experiences, often referred to as “bad trips.”
2. Cultural and Personal Beliefs:
– Cultural background and personal beliefs significantly influence the interpretation of these experiences. For example, someone with a spiritual or religious framework might interpret visions of angels or spirits as actual encounters, while others might see them as manifestations of the subconscious mind.
– Indigenous cultures have long used psychedelic plants in ritualistic contexts to induce spiritual experiences, often integrating these practices into their cultural and religious traditions.
Conclusion:
The association between unusual experiences and the use of psychotropic drugs, particularly hallucinogens like DMT, is a complex interplay of neurochemical effects, actual non-physical events, psychological factors, and cultural context.
These substances can profoundly alter perception and consciousness, leading to experiences that users often describe as spiritual or mystical.
While the exact nature and interpretation of these experiences vary widely, they consistently highlight the powerful impact of psychedelics on the human mind and the potential for these substances to induce deep, transformative experiences.
Domain recommends caution and does not advise experimentation with these substances outside of a controlled environment.
19. Final
Question
A healthy biological body is important, so what are some other ways to make a biological body healthy? For example, recommended foods to eat in general, how to fall asleep faster, and how long to sleep, recommended exercise amount per day, foods that children should absolutely avoid, etc. You’ve briefly mentioned some before, but we want more specific guidelines on how to do so.
Background information: in past comms, the Domain Commander gave us some advice such as avoiding processed foods, excess amounts of sugar, exercising regularly, etc. on this topic. This is our request to obtain more information about this topic. Any new advice, warnings would be appreciated.
Answer:
The following should be considered to be the best way(s) to slow aging, and look as young as possible. It is not a comprehensive list, but is best suited for the Trio who asked this question and who associates with this question.
Again, this is a compilation, supplemented and over-viewed by the Domain Commander, with about 60% uniquely underlined key points. -MM
1. Get Lean :
If you’re above 20% body fat as a boy / man and above 25% body fat as a female, you will appear to be older. Control your BMI.
2. Build Muscle :
Muscle not only makes you look younger, it will make you a lot healthier. Muscle can slow aging and preserve a lot of strength and coordination in old age. You do not need to be a weight lifter, ut exercise is a very important aspect of body maintenance. This can involve running, daily walks, periodic lifting of weights or sports such as basketball, or dancing. Be active.
3. Do Your Cardio :
A healthy heart has many benefits. MM lifts weights, and walks with a weight backpack on. Pick something that gets your heart rate up and do it regularly. Tennis, ping pong, running, bicycle riding.
4. No Steroids :
Steroids will accelerate the aging process by upregulating IGF-1. This is a hormone that makes tissue grow. But tissue isn’t just only muscle…Cancer cells grow also from being exposed to IGF-1.
5. Watch Your Diet :
Eat clean 90% of the time. Veggies. Lean protein. Starchy carbs. Healthy fats that are rich in omega-3 fatty acids. A fine healthy traditional Chinese diet is ideal. Fast food, and quick meals should be avoided. Weekly fish and seafood. Periodic (only) BBQ.
6. Eat Less Meat and More Plants :
Meat, particularly red meat, has shown to produce TMAO when cooked. Trimethylamine N-oxide (TMAO), is then processed in your liver when eating red meat and may lead to cardiovascular disease as well as cancer.
7. Fast :
Fasting has shown to regulate hunger and have a ton of different health benefits, such as cell regeneration. The key in this is a periodic daily fast. Just consume water for one day.
Ideally one day a month have a one or two day fast. Clean out the cobwebs.
Also, every day, have a twelve hour period from your last meal of the previously day and your new meal for the day. So if you ate at 7 pm, don’t consume anything at night other than water, and do not begin eating until after 7 am.
8. Get Cold :
Cold exposure has shown to activate longevity genes, increase blood flow and reduce inflammation. So, periodic cold showers, or room-temperature showers will help you all.
9. Sweat :
Saunas, followed by cold showers reduce all cause mortality. This is not a solution for the Trio but if you have access to a warm climate, work up a sweat and then shower afterwards. Sweating is healthy.
10. No Smoking :
Avoid smoking. It is a common business attribute in China, but you are never obligated to take up this habit.
11. Don’t Microwave Your Food in Plastic Containers :
Never. Cancer cell builder No. 1. Avoid at all cost.
12. Don’t Get Black out Drunk and/or High Regularly :
Flooding your brain and body with drugs and alcohol, is neurological and cell toxic, leading to all kinds of aging processes.
13. Less Sugar :
To much sugar can lead to aging process and makes it hard to stay lean. Not because carbs make you fat, but because they make you incredibly hungry AFTER eating them, so you end up overeating regularly. Avoid all processed sugars if possible.
14. Regulate Stress and Look After Your Mental Health :
Learn to calm your mind by taking deep breaths. Works wonders whenever I’m stressed out, feel overwhelmed or unfocused. Other techniques include Hemisync, transcendental mediation, yoga, and prayer.
15. Keep Your Brain Engaged, Active and Stay Sharp as a Tack :
Read often and widly. Learn languages, Improve your memory using memory improvement techniques. Stop a reliance on search engines, investigate yourself and don’t rely online personas to make decisions and think for you. Play 围棋 (wéi qí), (象棋, Xiàngqí), (麻将, Májiàng), Qi (斗兽棋, Dòushòuqí), (三国杀, Sānguó Shā), or (跳棋, Tiàoqí).
16. Tailor Your Nutrition to Your Genetics :
Won’t get into all the details, but this is critical. Want to know why you digest certain foods better than others? Why do some foods give you nasty farts and stomach aches? Why do you get headaches? It might be, that you can’t stomach (pun intended) some foods, because your genetic makeup doesn’t conform with the food item that you consume. There are many traditional Chinese medicines that are based on this premise. In general, watch what you eat, and be very careful on which foods that you mix together.
Traditional Chinese dietary guidelines, influenced by both Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) and cultural beliefs, suggest that certain food combinations should be avoided to maintain health and balance in the body. While these guidelines are not universally followed in modern Chinese society, they still hold significance for many people. Here are some commonly cited food combinations that are considered unhealthy or undesirable according to traditional Chinese beliefs:
Commonly Avoided Food Combinations:
1. Seafood and Fruits:
– Examples: Crab and persimmons, shrimp and vitamin C-rich fruits (like oranges).
– Reasoning: It is believed that combining seafood with certain fruits can lead to digestive issues, as seafood is considered cooling (yin) and fruits like persimmons are also cooling, which can cause an excess of cold energy in the body.
2. Meat and Cold Foods:
– Examples: Beef with watermelon, mutton with melon.
– Reasoning: Meat is generally warming (yang), and cold foods are cooling (yin). Combining these can disrupt the balance and lead to digestive discomfort or other health issues.
3. Hot and Cold Foods:
– Examples: Spicy foods with cold beverages.
– Reasoning: Consuming hot (yang) and cold (yin) foods together can confuse the digestive system, leading to issues like indigestion or stomach pain.
4. Starches and Vinegar:
– Examples: Rice with vinegar.
– Reasoning: It is believed that vinegar can interfere with the digestion of starches, potentially causing bloating and indigestion.
5. Milk and Sour Foods:
– Examples: Milk with acidic fruits like oranges or lemons.
– Reasoning: The acidity can curdle the milk in the stomach, leading to discomfort and potential digestive issues.
6. Honey and Green Onion:
– Reasoning: This combination is believed to be toxic and harmful to health, potentially causing digestive problems and other ailments.
7. Lamb and Vinegar:
– Reasoning: Vinegar is thought to neutralize the warming effects of lamb, making it harder to digest and potentially leading to discomfort.
General Principles of Chinese Dietary Guidelines:
1. Yin and Yang Balance:
– Foods are categorized as yin (cooling) or yang (warming). A balanced diet includes both types to maintain harmony in the body. Excessive consumption of either yin or yang foods can disrupt this balance.
2. Seasonal Eating:
– Eating according to the seasons is important. For example, cooling foods (yin) are preferred in summer, while warming foods (yang) are preferred in winter.
3. Five Elements Theory:
– Foods are also classified according to the five elements (wood, fire, earth, metal, water), and certain foods are believed to nourish specific organs. Balancing these elements in the diet is thought to promote overall health.
4. Digestive Harmony:
– Eating foods that are easy on the digestive system and avoiding combinations that can lead to indigestion, bloating, or other digestive issues are emphasized.
Traditional Chinese dietary rules and guidelines emphasize the balance of yin and yang, seasonal eating, and avoiding certain food combinations believed to cause digestive issues or other health problems. These guidelines reflect a holistic approach to nutrition and health, aiming to maintain harmony and balance within the body. It is important for all MM followers to adopt this lifestyle irregardless of where they are geopolitically located, or what cultural society that they associate with.
Back in the 1960’s, oh about 1966 or so, we used to read comic books. All of us kids did that. We would read Archie comix, and Richie Rich comix, and war comixs. SO many different kinds of comic books.
And at the back of these comix were advertisements that catered to us young kids. Boys and girls.
One of the advertisements was an “ant farm”. This consisted of two plates of clear plastic with sand between, and a ant colony trapped in the middle. You could go and watch the ants create their little rooms and passages in this tiny little world that they were trapped in.
Now, my friend “Dino” who lived across the street from me got one of those toys. And sure as shit, he would allow the farm to grow big, with all sorts of rooms, and what not.
And when the little tiny ant kingdom seemed to be well and functioning, he would pick it up and shake it vigorously. Thus destroying all the work those poor little ants put into it.
And they would start from scratch all over again.
Ugh!
We as boys, thought it was fun to do, and then we would lay the plastic ant farm on the table and then go outside to play and adventure throughout the day. Totally forgetting about what we had done to those ants.
…
I wonder…
If our “prison planet” existence is something like this. Where some other beings torture us, as a kind of intergalactic pastime. That they enjoy periodically. Then move on-wards to better experiences.
I sure did. I bought a house when I had gone thru a divorce in a nice neighborhood with a lot of retired people. Retired people are the best, free security system ever. One man would see me working in the yard and would always come help me. He might bring a tool to make the job easier or just help with heavy work. He asked me what all I was trying to get done in the yard, so I told him a list of things off the top of my head. He took it upon himself to come over while I was at work and finish some of the projects on my list. His yard was immaculate so I guess he was very nice and a little bored. I’d come home to rocks moved around, plants dug up, etc. Nothing not on my list. Occasionally I’d find a new hanging plant. He and his wife kind of adopted me. So I take care of them at Christmas and birthdays. It’s been awesome.
What changed in the US-China relationship that is pushing the two countries closer to war?
No one seems to know. Readers who follow developments in China closely, know that relations between the two superpowers have grown increasingly strained in the last few years. But while the US has taken a more hostile approach to China, no one seems to know why. Was there something in particular that China did that angered Washington leading to the imposition of economic sanctions, technology blockades and military provocations in the Taiwan Strait?
No, there’s no indication that China did anything. What changed was Washington’s approach to China. And—as you’ll see—Washington’s approach changed very quickly and very dramatically. China went from friend to foe almost overnight.
Here’s why.
Following the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991, the US maintained a policy of engagement with China that accelerated its development and transformed the country into the main engine of global growth. In December, 2001, China was granted “most-favored-nation”(MFN) status which was followed shortly after by its entry into the World Trade Organization (WTO). These developments allowed China to access western markets which turned China into a manufacturing center for US multinationals like Nike, Apple and Dell. China’s opening also triggered a surge of foreign investment which pumped up growth while strengthening its financial assets and bond market. In short, US policy laid the groundwork for the “Chinese miracle” which set the stage for a great power conflict with the US.
No other country in the world is more responsible for China’s meteoric rise than the United States. Now, however, the foreign policy establishment has decided that it doesn’t like its own creation. It doesn’t like the fact that China took advantage of the opportunities it was given to transform itself into a peer competitor of the United States. It doesn’t like the fact that China’s economy is growing more than twice as fast as America’s and is set to surpass the US within the decade. It doesn’t like the fact that China is building a 21st century, state-of-the-art infrastructure grid that will economically integrate a large part of Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia into the world’s biggest free trade zone. It doesn’t like the fact that China’s expansive economic/political strategy will inevitably replace the “rules-based international order” with a Chinese-led system in which the renminbi is the world’s reserve currency and China’s financial markets are the largest and most liquid in the world. America’s foreign policy establishment is not happy about any of these developments especially since it is largely responsible for all of them.
Don’t get me wrong; the Chinese are intelligent, resourceful, creative, and industrious people. And the Chinese Communist Party has played a critical role in lifting 800 million people out of poverty while steering the nation’s economy towards unprecedented growth and prosperity.
But if China was not given access to western markets and entered into the WTO, there would be no Chinese miracle and no Chinese superpower today. Those opportunities were the result of widely-supported policies that were endorsed almost-universally by US foreign policy elites. So, if Washington now regrets having supported those policies, it can only blame itself. Here’s some more background from foreign policy expert John Mearsheimer:
During the Cold War and under the policy of President Nixon, the U.S. decided to engage China and form a quasi-alliance with China against the Soviet Union. That made eminently good sense. And Nixon was correct to help the Chinese economy grow, for the more powerful China became, the more effective it was as a deterrent partner against the Soviet Union. However, once the Cold War ended in 1989 and the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991, the U.S. no longer needed China to help contain the Soviet Union.
What we foolishly did was pursue a policy of engagement, which was explicitly designed to help China grow more powerful economically. Of course, as China grew economically, it translated that economic might into military might, and the U.S., as a consequence of this foolish policy of engagement, helped to create a peer competitor.
My bottom line is that the Nixon-Kissinger policy, from the early 1970s up until the late 1980s, made eminently good sense. But, after that, engagement was a colossal strategic blunder….
The U.S. was not only expecting China to grow more powerful—it was purposely helping China to grow more powerful. It was doing this based on the assumption that China would become a democracy over time and therefore would become a responsible stakeholder in an American-led international order.
Of course, that didn’t happen. China did not become a democracy. And China, in effect, has set out to establish hegemony in Asia and challenge the U.S. around the planet. We now have a new Cold War.” U.S. engagement with China a ‘strategic blunder’: Mearsheimer, Nikkei
While I agree with most of what Mearsheimer says, I strongly disagree with the notion that US leaders were genuinely concerned about China becoming a democracy. Nor does democracy explain why US policy changed from mutually-beneficial engagement to open hostility. What Mearsheimer fails to acknowledge is that the western economies are controlled by an oligarchy of elites who have been unable to make any significant inroads into the Chinese government’s power-structure. This is not because the Chinese government is ostensibly “communist”, but because Chinese leaders are strongly nationalistic and determined to maintain China’s own sovereign independence against the onslaught of western elites. In other words, the emerging confrontation with China is a power-struggle between the WEF globalist cabal and Chinese nationalists.
In any event, China is not responsible for the strained relations that exist today. The hostility and provocations are all coming from the United States which is trying to undo the damage it did by implementing policies that ran counter to its own national interests. In short, the Biden administration is trying to reverse 30 years of failed policy by doing an about-face and then blaming it on China. It’s a classic “bait and switch” operation. Here’s more from Mearsheimer:
As time has shown, the engagement strategy was a failure. The Chinese economy has made an unprecedented leap forward, but the country has not transformed itself into a liberal democracy or “a responsible glass holder (a player interested in maintaining the current international order).” On the contrary, Chinese leaders see liberal values as a threat to their country’s stability. And they, as the leaders of the rising powers usually do, have a tough foreign policy. We must admit that economic involvement was a colossal strategic mistake. Kurt Campbell and Eli Ratner – two former Obama administration officials who admitted that engagement had failed and those in the Biden administration today – write: “Washington is now facing the most dynamic and formidable contender in modern history.” (U.S. engagement with China a ‘strategic blunder’: Mearsheimer, Nikkei)
The question that immediately arises is: If engagement was such “a colossal strategic mistake” then why did it take 30 years to figure it out? With a population that is 4 times the size of the US and GDP growing at roughly 9% for 2 decades, it should have been fairly obvious that China was going to be bigger and more powerful than the US in the not-too-distant future. And yet everyone in the political establishment pretended not to see what was right beneath their noses.
That’s shocking. And what’s even more shocking is the remedy our leaders have settled on to maintain their current advantage in the global order. They intend to do everything in their power to sabotage China’s economic development. This aligns perfectly with Mearsheimer’s observation that “the only opportunity that can change the dynamics is a dramatic crisis undermining China’s unrelenting growth.” And that explains what’s going on today, the Biden administration is making a concerted effort to target the vulnerable sectors of the Chinese economy and inflict as much damage as possible via sanctions, blockades and supplyline disruption. We expect that this economic war on China will gradually intensify in the next few years along with new provocations in the Taiwan Strait and South China Sea. If Mearsheimer’s analysis is correct, then we are still in the early rounds of a hybrid war that will undoubtedly drag on for years to come.
So, when did it occur to our foreign policy geniuses that fueling China’s growth might actually hurt US prospects for the future?
We don’t know the specific date, but it looks like sometime around 2017 the elite consensus that supported engagement began to fall apart as more and more people became aware of the policy’s shortcomings. Check out this comment by the Financial Times associate editor Martin Wolf who explains how quickly western elites turned against China:
I think what is happening is that western policymakers and above all, American policymakers have decided that the rise of China is a major strategic threat. And this has several dimensions. One of these is that the left of center has come to the view that “Well, they are never going to become a democracy as we thought they would, and that is problematic. We don’t like that.” But the bigger element—which is the view of the strategic community and quite a large part of the corporate community—is that “These people (China) are a serious threat. They have immense resources, the defense build up is quite substantial, and they getting are ahead technologically in some very important areas, and we are far too dependent upon them….. They see the interdependence on China as frightening, and this paranoia has now become a dominant element in American thinking…. And it has shifted very quickly and very much across the board in America although we are now seeing it in Europe as well. A paper was recently released by the German Industrial Confederation which basically said, “You know the Chinese technology policy; it’s a threat to Germany.” This is a big change and it’s happened quite recently.”China: Friend or Foe?, You Tube, 12: 35 minute
So, according to Wolf, overall views on China among foreign policy elites changed very quickly and very dramatically. (Wolf’s account is similar to many other elites who tell the same story.) Engagement was increasingly seen as damaging to western interests, and the search for a different approach began. What Wolf fails to tell us is what it was that convinced foreign policy mandarins that China had become “major strategic threat”? Was it due to the CCP’s increasingly activist oversight of foreign corporations or the Communist Party’s refusal to implement reforms of their massive State Owned Enterprises (SOEs) or did it have something to do with China’s impressive strides in advanced technology that put the future of AI and supercomputing up-for-grabs?
What was it?
While we can’t answer that question with 100% certainty, we can make an educated guess.
In 2013, Chinese president Xi Jinping launched his signature infrastructure program called the Belt and Road Initiative, which is a vast, multi-continent development strategy that is the most expensive and expansive infrastructure program of all time. The BRI has already garnered commitments from more than 150 nations representing 75% of the global population. The stated goal of the project is “to enhance regional connectivity and embrace a brighter future.” In fact, the project does all of that and much more. The BRI will improve ports, skyscrapers, railroads, roads, bridges, airports, dams, coal-fired power stations, and railroad tunnels. It will create a vast spiderweb of cutting-edge high-speed rail that will lower the cost of shipping while boosting the profits of manufacturers and wholesalers. The BRI projects a vision of a fully-integrated 21st century world in which Beijing lies at the very epicenter of global commerce. This is why the US and its allies—who are the staunch defenders of an archaic, extractive model of neoliberal capitalism—are prepared to do whatever-it-takes to derail China’s development and prevent this futuristic plan from going forward. Here’s how Sir Malcolm Rifkind, politician and former cabinet minister, summed up the significance of the BRI in a recent discussion of China on You Tube:
“I think if we’re going to look years ahead, I think the most important thing is the potential relevance of the Belt and Road Initiative to the relationship of Europe and China. For a thousand years, Europe and China have had to have contact with each other through the sea lanes. That huge central Asian landmass was, like the Atlantic Ocean- a barrier. What is happening now; and if we look 5, 10, 15 years ahead—already freight trains are going from China to western Europe in increasing numbers in both directions. So, what that means is, Europe and China could be looking directly at each other in a way that Europe and North America were able to do because of air travel and because the Atlantic became a bridge. That would be a historic change regardless of the politics China and Europe looking directly at each other and trading with each other in that way. That would have massive implications.” China: Friend or Foe? You Tube, 1:21:10 min
Rifkind is right. The opening of transit corridors and freight lines between China and Europe are “the most important thing” because they draw the continents closer together into a giant free trade zone which will inevitably increase their mutual power and prosperity while leaving the US on the outside looking in. This is why the Biden administration is so determined to make sure the BRI does not become a reality. Keep in mind, the primary foreign policy objective of the United States is “to prevent any hostile power from dominating a region whose resources would, under consolidated control, be sufficient to generate global power.” The vast expansion of China’s Belt and Road across the Eurasian landmass and linking European capitals to Beijing and Shanghai, definitely fit that description and qualify China as Washington’s mortal enemy.
China’s leaders still believe that they can reach an accommodation with Washington that will help to avoid a direct confrontation. But Washington’s red lines have already been crossed and there’s bound to be trouble ahead.
*
Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.
This article was originally published on The Unz Review.
Italy Foreign Minister Visited China to Get Free From the US’s Rule Over Europe!
Italy Foreign Minister Visited China to Get Free From the US’s Rule Over Europe!
For the U.S. to decide this Chip Act it must have been debated at length by hordes of parties and institutions including dozens of companies in the U.S. and throughout US allies.
Why?
Well simple. The repercussions are simply gigantic and colossal if indeed this act fail. It will cause trillions upon trillions of dollars lost over time. At least a hundred U.S. and its cronies chip firms may simply go out of business all together.
Worst is that this is the last thing the US can do to stop and contained China if this fails, that will be the end of US hegemony in technology. So for the U.S. to take this measure is like putting everything at stake into this one act. Billions has to be spend to build a plants in the U.S. that hinge on China’s failure to counter act. Billions need to be spend to protect and subsidise these hundreds of firms in case it fail.
Countries whose livelihoods depend on this precise technology and business to survive and thrive have to be bribed and coerce to cut out China. These bribes probably run in the trillions of dollars figures.
And all these hinge on one and only one assumption. That is China will not be able to design, make and manufacture this high end chips for at least a generation! If this assumption fail to materialised then the U.S. will be thoroughly fxxked for a generation and it will forever not able to compete with China.
In other words, there is absolutely no room at all for failure. Failure means China will now totally controlled every aspect of Chip making technologies from materials, to designing, to developing , to mass producing in the billions. And it will do it at a fraction of the costs of doing it in the U.S. which simply means the total implosion of all the U.S. chip firms!
So after a mere 3 years China did precisely what the U.S. fears most. Their worst fears has come true. The Chinese simply do not need a single technology from the U.S. and its cronies to launched this 5NM chip capable of 5G and satellite communications which also means there is zero possibility for the U.S. to hack it. 150 million orders have been placed and 40 million orders has been fulfilled in a mere 20 days from its launch.
This Huawei Mate 60 series including the Mate 5X is such a blow to the U.S. For a start the U.S. already lost 3 billion in profit had they not banned themselves from selling to China and up to a few trillion dollars have been wiped off the stock values of these chip firms from 27th August till now. The melt down will carry on and on and on till the U.S. economy collapse all together. We in the rest of the world call this Karma.
The Baptist and Deeply Religious Bible Group Lobby
The Selective Immigration Lobby
This Block mainly support Republicans and like a White Majority to be in charge of the country and preferably like straight men who stick to the gender they were born with
Fox News, Newsmax, Rush Limbaugh (Late), Lou Dobbs are sponsored by this Lobby
Block 2 consists of :-
Big Tech (Google, Meta, Amazon)
The Gun control lobby
The Freedom of Choice Lobby
The Anti DOMA Lobby
The Freely Agnostic, Atheist or Freethinker Lobby
The Pro Migrant Lobby
This block mainly supports Liberal Democrats, like minorities to be ostensibly in charge and have a fascination with Gay people and Transgenders and LGBTQ agenda
All MSM, Whoopi Goldberg, Seth Myers, Jimmy Kimmel, Jimmy Fallon are all sponsored by this lobby
Block 3 also called the TRUMP Block consists of :-
Donald J Trump
Friends of Donald J Trump
Russian Naturalized Citizens in US
East European Naturalized US Citizens
Indian Migrants outside California
The Trade Lobby
US Steel Lobby
Any Group that likes protectionism
Law Enforcement Lobby of 31 States
Blue Collar White Males with High School Diplomas
This Block liases with Republicans and has an uneasy alliance with the Republicans as it hates the democrats more
Tucker Carlson, Jimmy Dore, NTG are
Ultimately no matter who comes to power, there are two groups who have the last word in how the US must react :-
Wall Street
The Military Industrial Complex Or Defense Manufacturers / Contractors
Nobody can cross these two groups in US
These Two Groups give instructions through their tame organizations like
National Endowment of Democracy
WEF
The NEOCON think tanks
Trump, Biden, Obama – they need an OK from these two powerful groups and their tame organizations, or they will be unable to do anything
This Senile Old Man probably needs to be told when it’s time to change his diapers
He is a total puppet controlled by the Neocons
Pennsylvania Dutch Brown Butter Noodles
This is a delicious side dish to a pot roast, fried chicken, baked ham, or pork chop dinner. In true Pennsylvania Dutch style, serve with a side of fresh cottage cheese topped with apple butter!
Ingredients
Wide egg noodles
Butter
Salt
Pepper
Instructions
Cook wide egg noodles according to package directions, in the amount needed. As the noodles are cooking, melt butter (1 tablespoon per person/serving) in a small skillet and allow the butter to brown lightly (do not burn!). Drain noodles well, place in serving bowl and toss with the hot browned butter. If desired, add a small amount of salt and pepper.
One time my partner and I stopped a vehicle that cut off another vehicle and made a right turn into oncoming traffic. I approached the driver and was immediately told that I had no right to stop him and that I better be careful and to choose my words carefully.
So I slowly said “ Sir, I stopped you for illegal lane change, illegal right turn and impeding the flow of traffic, did you understand the words that I just spoke to you?
He proceeded to tell me that he was a Los Angeles City Councilman and that if I “ gave him any shit, he would have my job.”
I explained that I needed to see his operators license, proof of insurance and registration.
Mr. Councilman stated that he already told me who he was and that he didn’t have to show me anything. I explained to him that I was going to be exceptionally nice to him and politely ask him one more time, but if he was not going to comply with the lawfull instructions from a sworn police officer he would be arrested, period.
He actually said that I didn’t have the balls to “ try “ to arrest him for a vehicle code violation.
I then reverted to my interactions with my 4 year old son.
I said I’m going to count to 3, and if he was not going to comply he absolutely would be going to jail and also that I would be impounding his vehicle. He again refused and he went to jail and didn’t pass go, his vehicle was impounded and all was good in the world.
My favorite scene from “The Sixth Sense”
“I think why this scene is so powerful is because everyone can relate to having lost someone in their life and have that desire to know that they made some kind of positive impact on the lost ones life.”
I was in Scotland on holiday with my husband in May 2023. We were on the Isle of Skye and had stopped in at a remote cafe for breakfast. Behind us in the queue was a lady whose face was so familiar I was sure I knew her really well.
I was wracking my brains trying to remember if I’d worked with her, or if she was a friend of a friend. She was so familiar! I whispered to my husband that I was sure I knew her and he agreed that he’d recognised her too.
I finally decided to just ask her if we’d met before, and where. She looked at me and gently said: “No, we’ve never met. But I’m an actress so we’ve probably spent some time together but just not in person.”
It was Frances McDormand. A real REAL actress- not just a movie star. And then she introduced us to her husband, Joel Coen.
She was so utterly charming, I was fangirling so hard.
I can’t think of a lovelier way to tell someone they’ve made a mistake.
I am Egyptian. Arranged marriages are common here. And don’t get me wrong I actually really like them when done right. They are very close to the concept of blind dating.
However, sometimes you’ll get terrible suitors with no social intelligence. And yes guys there are Arab men who are way more decent than these not-so-bright ones. Take some examples:-
A friend of mine sat with a suitor for the first time and the chat was actually pretty decent. But before he left he looked at her and said “but if you want to get married to me, don’t you think you should lose some weight?”. He was immediately out of the picture from that second. Not only are you trying to change someone on the first time you met them, but you also have no social intelligence to know what should and should not be said.
Another friend of mine sat with a very rigid man. He told her “listen, starting off, I noticed several things about you that I cannot accept in a wife: 1- I noticed that your clothes need to be looser. 2- I heard you travelled with your friends several times before, I believe travelling is a waste of time unless necessary and I don’t like you travelling without me. 3- you mentioned something about having separate accounts? A man and his wife should be one. So one account is a must. 4- I know you’ve been working for years but I prefer that my wife doesn’t work. She politely went through the date and never got back to him. Who does he think he is again?
When my cousin proposed to his current wife, he told her that he actually saw her before but definitely didn’t want to propose because she looked a little darker than he likes a woman to be, but thankfully that time it was just the lighting and she’s not as dark as he thought so here he is ! And yet she still married him. For me, he would’ve been a goner. What will you do if I get tanned in a vacation? If I get a burn on my face one day? Divorce me? Meh.
Lesson of the day : never try to change someone or comment on their appearance (unless positively) on the first date !
China refuses to allow DJI drones to deliver $6 billion in penalties to the US!
Over recent years, the United States has ramped up sanctions against various sectors of China’s industry, including the booming drone sector.
DJI, the leading Chinese drone manufacturer, now faces staggering fines totaling $840 million, along with demands for access to its core source code.
This controversy has not only sparked resentment in China but also raised questions about the U.S.’s approach to China’s technological advancements.
These sanctions are more than just punitive measures; they reflect the United States’ concerns and competitiveness in China’s thriving drone manufacturing industry.
As drones play an increasingly crucial role in modern warfare, tensions have escalated.
However, DJI’s dominance in the global drone market is rooted in its own innovation, not the misappropriation of U.S. technology.
Unlike us mere mortals, Warren Buffett actually reads company financial statements. Even more than that, he understands them. Surprisingly, he’s not big on what lawyers call “due diligence”, where you have a team of accountants and lawyers look at the company to see if they’re hiding anything because, over his years of experience, Buffett has learned that companies always hide their weaknesses in plain sight.
The “Buffet Way” is to go over a company’s public information and then put a question mark next to anything that looks weird. Other people do that too, but then they start asking questions of the company’s management. Buffett doesn’t do that – if there are too many question marks he just stops looking at the company. Plenty of companies to invest in. He’s usually right too.
So, what does he mean by “value”? Well, throughout Buffett’s career, his favourite companies tend not to be “growth companies” or “the next hot technology”. Frankly, unless Buffett fully understands the company’s products and business model, those are both massive question marks and he would rather not risk Berkshire-Hathaway’s money on them. Instead, Buffett has always preferred companies with lots of revenue that are consistently profitable. I remember reading one of his annual reports where he explained why he bought a company that made chocolates – it had consistent revenue and profits, and had a good management team and workforce. Sold.
Now, HP has been in business forever and has often been at the forefront of technology, but lately it has settled down to produce everyday products for consumers instead of specialty products for engineers. It sells a lot of stuff (at wholesale, it’s not a retailer), has a good team of management and engineers, and can be found at both the high and low ends of the market. It has good revenues and profits.
Naturally, most investors ignore HP because its stock price is pretty steady. That’s not a problem for Buffett. He thinks that many stocks of profitable solid companies are undervalued. He bases a stock’s price on its fundamentals, how much it sells, what it’s profit is, and how much it spends on ongoing research and development. In other words, he’s not buying HP’s stock because he thinks it’s going to go way up. He’s buying it because based on its current price, he thinks the share price will keep up with inflation and still have money left over for shareholders.
And he may be right. I bought two HP laptops this year. My printer is HP. My three old computers are HP.
You didn’t necessarily need to be a criminal to receive this punishment. This punishment was meant for vagrants and undesirable people. The punishment was called the tramp chair.
The Tramp chair was invented by Sanford Baker in 1885, and it was designed for towns that were too small for the Jails or for towns that couldn’t afford to build one.
The undesirables as they were known would be locked in the cage as an encouragement to move along. The people being punished were sometimes stripped naked before being locked in the chair, leaving the person to deal with the thick and sometimes rusty bars heating and cooling depending on the temperature outside.
They were even paraded around town to be subjected to harassment and cruel taunts from the public. They would then be wheeled to the edge of town to be released and foisted to the next town.
The Last of Us | Episode 1 | Fungus Pandemic Takeover Explained Perfectly
The gradual shift from amusement to horror on the TV host’s face is just so damn perfect, that scene in particular sends chills up my spine.
Jonathan Stern,I noticed that you don’t understand the military strength of the United States.
Iran’s strength is weak, but the United States dare not blockade the Strait of Hormuz.
Only by understanding oneself and the enemy can we win war.
For decades, the United States has attacked many weak countries. This makes you think that the United States can attack any country on Earth without retaliation. The United States can attack China’s Three Gorges Dam, and China can also retaliate and attack New York, rather than attacking the US warships.
Think about it, can China attack New York City after the United States attacks China’s Three Gorges Dam?
Large numbers of Chinese people could start getting themselves addicted to heroin and fentanyl and dying from overdose.
The China cops could start stepping on citizens necks in the streets or choking them to death or shooting them 12 times in the back for minor offences.
Families could quarrel and argue and split up over differences in political beliefs.
Hate groups could be allowed to spring up and flourish and spread their hate, on the basis that they are exercising their freedom of speexh.
China could let its school standards in math and science deteriorate badly.
China could stop providing universal healthcare to its citizens and make essential medical services very expensive for its people.
China could allow free and easy access to guns for all, and improve its chances of having numerous mass shootings occur each month.
It could choose senile octagenarians or outright criminals to be its leader.
China could deny birth control and abortions to its women and girls.
Instead of building more homes, schools, hospitals and other public infrastructure, it could buy more and more deadly missiles and bombs and mines and use them in wars on foreign soil, faraway from itself.
Well, that would be a very strong start.
Your soul belongs to God Bedazzled
Great scene.
“This scene is so powerful, just by looking at him and the friendliness of his voice, where he states that despite your mistakes everything is going to be just fine. This is by far the greatest interpretation of God I’ve ever seen, makes me happy to have witnessed it :)”
The landlord was this old witch in Ardwick Manchester.
She had a perfect set of furniture which she would move in and take photos of and develop them (this was still the age of paper photographs).
She would then move the furniture out and put some cheapo chipboard furniture into the house.
I took photos of these with time and date stamps.
She was an awful landlord and would always let herself in and root through our stuff. Absolutely nothing was repaired ever and I am almost certain she would steal money locked in our rooms. It was a shared house so when one of us had a day off and slept late she’d walk in on one of us sleeping and make excuses.
When the contract ended we decided to leave.
She of course kept the deposit because of significant damage to the furniture.
I showed my photographs she showed hers. This was back before deposit protection schemes so it went to the small claims court to get the house deposit back. She played the I’m an innocent old woman and these young men are scum.
She won, we lost. She kept the deposit.
The Ukrainian guy who lived with us didn’t like that at all. He went to Do it All bought a big lump hammer and caused massive structural damage to the house and went home to Kiev a couple days later.
Well, this is a prime example of the fog of war descending on America.
By forcing Huawei to cut ties with former partners, Huawei went dark, at least to the US government and foreign corporations vulnerable to US sanctions.
This is a problem America created, for America to solve.
The key pieces are all domestic mainland players who are sanction-resistant, or already under sanction. The US can certainly up the pressure and throw the kitchen sink at them, but they will not willingly divulge information based on a “query” by Americans.
You want it that way, you can have it.
Before 2018/19, the electronics industry was centered around East Asia, and people knew what the competition was working on, more or less, because the supply chain (and talent) was shared. Next-gen Apple and Google features were leaked months in advance, and many were right on the money.
But Donald the Orange changed all that.
Mainland players went dark, as multiple rounds of sanction tore up the eco-system for good.
It’s a brave new world, and there is a lot more uncertainty in the air ex-China, because the biggest unanswered questions are, what’s my Chinese competitors working on, and how is my largest market going to evolve? Remember, the Chinese government has mostly parried, and the Chinese will overwhelmingly buy Chinese once competitive domestic options come to market.
The electronics business is one with incredibly high bars for sunk cost, and mistakes can be very expensive, if not fatal.
The Chinese though, retain excellent business intelligence, because the major players are all represented in the industrial chain.
Good luck to the blind fighting the sighted, even if the spears are a little longer, and the swords sharper… for now.
This is not correct that it always happens, but instead of pointing out instances of this being wrong, because Russia eventually lost, or because Russia actually rolled their enemies right away, I will tell you why Russia has an affinity for this kind of warfare.
The answer is geography. Russia is an immense country, and even if most people live in the western regions it confers massive advantages. For example, Russia can hide things, even with modern intelligence gathering, Russia is so big, that yes you can take satellite images of all of Russia, but by the time that you analyze them things could have changed. For this reason many of Russia’s ICBMs are near invulnerable, as they are moved around Siberia on trucks, making it nearly impossible to have an accurate picture of where they actually are.
Historically, Russia has time on its side. Why? Because it has ample space to recover from defeats. Most enemies only ever fight a portion of Russia, with the rest of Russia supporting the economic efforts. If you advance 600km into Russia you will certainly hurt it, but you will have quite a bit more to go. If you advance 600km into Germany, you’re now in France.
As such, history is very forgiving to the country in Europe with the most natural resources, largest population, and most amount of room for failure. Russia can at least partially recover from nearly any initial failure militarily. This gives them time to adapt to what ever caused their initial defeat, and reverse the outcome of the war, provided they have the will to do so over the particular issue. Other countries have the ability to do this, but rarely the time. For a small country, a defeat is usually decisive and they get no second chances.
The Sopranos || Fix You
The Sopranos is still the best written show to this date. Game of Thrones does some things better, The Wire does some things better, Breaking Bad does some things better, Mad Men does some things better, but The Sopranos takes the cake in terms of character interactions and making real lifelike characters. The Sopranos has more profound characters/character relationships than any show I’ve seen, and in my opinion characters are the most important part of a TV show, so it’s the GOAT no doubt. Plus the fact that it’s the foundation for HBO, TV dramas, and the “anti-hero.” The Sopranos is #1 all-time in my opinion.
Taiwan’s TSMC, which is making an unprecedented push into chip manufacturing overseas, is taking an increasingly optimistic view of Japan as a production base, two industry sources said, as problems persist at its new factory in Arizona.
TSMC, the world’s largest contract chipmaker, is frustrated in Arizona, the sources said, where it has struggled to recruit workers for the gruelling chipmaking trade and faced pushback from unions on efforts to bring in workers from Taiwan.
The company has growing confidence in Japan, where an $8.6 billion fab under construction in a chipmaking hub on the island of Kyushu is on track to start producing mature-technology chips in 2024, the sources said.
While keen to ensure a smooth ramp up at the first fab, the chipmaker is considering adding capacity and a second fab in Japan, the sources said, which could include the production of more advanced chips.
Several chip industry sources spoke to Reuters about TSMC’s view of Japan and its global expansion on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the matter.
Successful expansion by TSMC in Japan could give a boost to efforts by the country to regain its lost status as a chip manufacturing powerhouse and support its automotive and electronics industries amid growing regional competition.
TSMC said in a statement its overseas expansion depends on factors including the needs of customers, the level of government support and cost considerations.
In Arizona, TSMC plans to produce advanced chips but a shortage of skilled workers has forced the company to push back production at its first fab by a year to 2025.
“Any project… will have some learning curve. In the past five months the improvement has been tremendous,” TSMC Chairman Mark Liu said of the Arizona project last week.
Fabs in the U.S., Japan and Germany, where it is also expanding, are “inherently incomparable” due to differences in location, setup and scope, TSMC said.
NATURAL FIT
The U.S., Japan and Germany have offered TSMC billions of dollars in subsidies for it to localise production in efforts to diversify the supply of chips, which are essential to the defence, automotive and electronics industries.
The $40 billion investment in Arizona allows TSMC to add capacity outside Taiwan, where it faces constraints on land, power, water and labour.
But the company views Japan as a more natural fit in terms of work culture, and its government is easy to deal with and generous with subsidies, the sources said.
“The relationship between TSMC and the Japanese government is mutually beneficial,” said Lucy Chen, an analyst at Isaiah Research.
Japan’s advantages for the chipmaker include its network of chip equipment and materials suppliers, similarities in work culture and proximity to Taiwan, she added.
TSMC sees workers in Japan, which is known for long hours and strong commitment to employers, as more willing to work a punishing schedule with overtime as chipmaking machines run around the clock in sterile clean rooms, the sources said.
“A lot of machines cannot be shut down because it costs TSMC to recalibrate on rebooting,” said a chip industry executive.
It is only a two-hour flight to Kyushu, where TSMC is partnering with companies including Sony, a leading maker of image sensors.
Taiwanese workers arriving to help set up the fab are welcome, and the chipmaker will pay higher wages to secure local employees as it competes with rivals such as foundry venture Rapidus, the sources said.
“It seems to us that TSMC is really positive about investment in Japan,” said a senior official at the powerful Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (METI), which has offered subsidies worth up to 476 billion yen ($3.23 billion) for the first fab.
“We will really welcome the second fab project in general but we have to see the detail first,” the official said.
While many equipment and materials makers already have global operations, to meet its exacting standards TSMC has also brought suppliers to Japan from Taiwan, the sources said.
RISING CAPITAL SPENDING
TSMC’s enthusiasm for Japan is being tempered by concerns about higher costs across the business and worries about the macro environment, the sources said.
Capital expenditure ballooned to $36 billion last year from $10 billion in 2018, with the company forecasting a slightly smaller outflow this year.
TSMC thought costs to build a fab would be 20% higher in the U.S. than in Taiwan but they are actually about 50% higher, an investor briefed by company management said.
The chipmaker plans to build an $11 billion fab in Germany with local firms but is also concerned the work culture there, with long vacations and strong unions, will hit output, the sources said.
Investors worry about the effect of higher costs but “the impact on TSMC today has not been that big because its leading technology gives it pricing power,” said Brady Wang, an analyst at research firm Counterpoint.
In a very nice cafe in Malaysia, I was sitting with my husband about to order after we decided on what we want.
I do what I always do in Kuwait and Egypt, raising a hand and loudly saying “excuse me!”, my voice breaking the strange quietness of this cafe.
I’m not even exaggerating when I say that almost everyone in the cafe turned their head to look at me.
I whisper to my husband “um. Seems like this is not how they do it here.”
A waiter comes to us rushing to take the order. He then very politely explains to us that we should use the pieces of paper on the table (which I mistook for tissues till that moment) to write down the numbers next to each order in the menu, then ever so easily press on a button on the table.
There is literally no need at all to even talk to the waiter. He just comes, picks up the paper while smiling at us.
Well, I guess that explains why 30 people or so were staring holes at me when my “excuse me” echoed around haha.
I felt like such a peasant.
The Power Of The Neocon Narrative Is Evil
With respect gentlemen, Europeans are too busy chewing grass. Like most of humanity. The politicians are busy bowing down to the money changers and are firmly in their grip. Peace, love and blessings to those that seek it.
I use to live in a subdivision with my mother when I was under the age of 18 and we had a female police officer that lived at the end of the cul de sac. Whenever she had a party her guests would park in front of others driveways and on others property (I came out of my house to find several cars parked on my mothers front lawn). I had to be somewhere, so I went down and asked her if the people who parked on my moms property and in front of my driveway could move. I was told NO and the door was shut in my face. So, I went home and called a friend of mine that owned a wrecker service and explained the situation to him. He said that he had 3 wreckers in the area and that he would be happy to help. Well, 20 minutes later I had all 3 wreckers pull up and start hooking up cars. One of the ladies at the police officers party must of noticed because the next thing I know I have 4 ladies screaming at the tow truck drivers to put their cars down, each had to pay a “Drop Fee” of $200.00. This was the last time that any of her guests parked in front of my driveway. Whenever I had a party, weather people were parked in front of her house or not, I was guaranteed to have the police called.
Many Worlds Theory: You’re in a Parallel Universe | Can You Visit Your Other Lives?
The ability of this man to explain the complexities of quantum physics in an almost digestable way to the masses is a superpower. Leaves me awe struck at the time, attention, care, & talent that goes into this channel. Bravo.
TSMC is on course for reduced margins, just because it is forced to build plants beyond Greater China, which are more costly to build and run, not to mention having to hire local and deal with culture and language barriers complicating operations, especially the crucial ramp-up.
These are risk management strategies, and not economically driven.
That is baked in, regardless of Huawei.
This is a rather curious time to ask the question, because we have arrived at the plateau of mobile computing. A cheap phone today has similar performance as the cutting edge 5 years ago, and that is enough computing power for the average user, even the occasional gamer. The same happened with laptops some years back, when the node dividend began delivering machines with all-day battery life.
Huawei’s Kirin 9000s is a 7nm chip with 5nm performance, and there are compromises to raw computing power, die area, and of course, power draw, compared to the cutting edge from the competition.
Huawei’s customers know the Mate 60 pro isn’t as good as the iPhone 15 Pro performance wise, but this hasn’t stopped them from joining the queue for the phone. My dad told me enthusiastically “even Jackie Chan can’t get a set!”. Wonder where he heard that from.
Obviously, different dynamics are at work here.
What made the difference was the return of Kirin and more importantly, the 5g modem. At the mobile computing plateau, the “speed” of a phone is more likely bottlenecked by the network rather than the CPU/GPU, unlike mobile gaming and other specialized tasks.
The Kirin 9000s has decent performance (especially the highlight: 5g network speeds), enough to join the flagship club in 2023. More importantly, it offers a package that cannot be found anywhere else, including Hongmeng, AI driven gestures and automated payments, and a really snazzy camera.
These features directly impact lifestyle usability, and breed customer loyalty, because it is technology that just work. A lot of engineering was committed to refine and polish them, and these are major selling points.
So Huawei has a “good enough” flagship for 2023, in terms of specs. But is there a future for a node-bound Kirin? I believe Huawei will struggle to meet demand for the next year or two, but beyond that, we will have to see how far along the indigenization of the chipmaking supply chain is.
What interests me more isn’t the chip, but the independent direction Huawei will forge with AI, Hongmeng and its integration with the IOT. Even Qualcomm is sending overtures to develop Hongmeng devices, just because it doesn’t want to be left out of a 700m user base market.
For example, what will a Hongmeng-enabled 5.5G IOT ecosystem look like in maturity? What other AI-enabled features are in the works? I’ve heard some impressive forecasts but I’m bound to secrecy.
American expat living in Denmark. I’ve been here for 12 years, and I can honestly say that I have far more freedoms than I ever did in the US.
Things I can do here that I couldn’t do in the US-
Get injured, sick, or have a baby without having to pay to see a single doctor or hospital bill. This includes having an MRI, x-rays, ultrasounds, EKG, various blood tests, several days in hospital while in labour, and quite a number of procedures during labour.
While mental health care isn’t free, there are ways to get mental health care which is free. I’ve finally been able to get a diagnosis of ADHD and bipolar disorder, after living my entire life struggling.
Because I am on medication I’ll need for the rest of my life, I’m able to afford it without going bankrupt.
I’m going to school to get my degree, free of charge. In fact I even get paid to go to school!
Other things less personal- we can walk around with open containers of alcohol. We can drink while sitting in a park, on the beach, or pretty much anywhere else within reason.
I could, if I so wished, walk down to the beach and sun myself completely naked. I could also sunbathe topless most anywhere.
I don’t have to worry about including enough tax when mentally tallying up the cost of groceries or a meal out and. Tax is included in all prices.
I also don’t have to spend even more money tipping since the wait staff, bartender, busboys, etc. are all paid properly.
I can bike safely, even in the middle of the city, without worrying about getting hit by a car. We have such excellent bike paths which are much like a sidewalk with a curb dividing it from the street. My 7 year old can bike as well without worry.
I could go on, but these are just the basic ones that I thought of first.
The Sopranos || Wonderful Life
That one clip of Carmela and Furio dancing, while the line, “It’s a wonderful life” plays in the background is so perfect. What an absolutely brilliant video. This brought tears to my eyes. Nothing will ever match up to this show. Masterpiece.
Cars were left on roadside by their owners as they couldn’t start them.
And 6am in the morning there was a knock at my door. The milk delivery boy was standing in front of me. Sleeves of his trousers folded, and with a smile on his face. I asked him “how did you manage to reach here?”. He replied “sir, I walked through the water with my friends, it is essential to make milk available to everyone in such conditions. Those who have kids can’t manage without it”.
It was a small incident but really worth giving a thought.
Education makes us capable but professionalism is self-taught.
The CRAZIEST MYTHS I’ve heard about CHINA! | UTTERLY SHOCKED***
Exactly, a young man who speaks the truth and not brain washed by US media.
Strictly speaking, it isn’t a “breakthrough” yet, because this is the Chinese being very creative with a set of heavily crippled tools and components, producing a world-class flagship mobile device against immense odds.
The Chinese came together and dug a tunnel using shovels because the excavators were taken off the market.
Nevertheless, they persevered… and saw light.
But, and here’s the but, they have one tunnel, and still don’t own any excavators.
Before we go on, we should take a cursory glance at the chipmaking industry.
To reduce the clutter, we can divide the history of chipmaking into two epochs, pre-2007, and post.
In the first period, Intel was dominant, and it almost drove AMD out of business, taking Global Foundries along with it. AMD was a “fabless” foundry model developed to challenge Intel’s vertically integrated model, betting that superior design married with partners who could better control (and share) manufacturing cost while keeping pace with Moore’s law would deliver competitive products. AMD ultimately failed because it couldn’t wrestle sufficient market share in the x86 market, which was already past its exponential growth phase.
In other words, the scraps that fabs fed on ex-Intel were not enough to drive progress.
What changed in 2007?
That’s right. The arrival of the smartphone, in Steve’s hand.
It ushered in a new eco-system, ARM, that was completely separate (but even more profitable) than Intel- and Microsoft-controlled x86.
Another watershed happened in 2007, but it was quietly announced to little fanfare, unlike the iPhone. Nvidia announced CUDA, ushering in the era of GPGPU.
ARM and the GPU revolutionized the business of fabs. The chief beneficiary was TSMC, and to a lesser extent, Samsung.
Set free from the chains of x86 and Windows, the singular pursuit of mobile computing in the early days of the iphone 3GS and 4 was this: how to squeeze ever more power (flops) from engines shrinking in size (die area) but increasing in fuel economy (flops/Watt)?
To be perfectly honest, the early smartphones were pretty much unusable from a modern standpoint. That’s because the fabs lagged far behind Intel, despite the same tools and ecosystem available to the competition. [The original iPhone was powered by a 90nm Samsung chip]. Apple’s orders and the potential of the smartphone becoming the one piece of tech everyone MUST own finally gave fabs the nitro-fuel needed to beat Intel at its own game.
The secret?
As with most economic problems, lots of cash to buy the best tools and talent.
As late as 2014/15, TSMC was still tapping out chips at 28nm for the flagship Snapdragon 800 series. The contemporaneous A8 was preferentially made on the 20nm node, TSMC’s cutting edge offering 8–9 years ago. Intel tapped out Broadwell at 14nm, the clear industry leader.
It was around this time that truly functional smartphone computing arrived, delivered by process node improvement. Apple’s A8 tapped out at 2 billion transistors, and TSMC completed its leapfrog past Intel in 2017 with the A11, a 10nm chip with >4 billion transistor on die area slightly smaller than the A8. Intel’s Kabylake was still stuck on the same 14nm node, albeit with finfet improvements.
Why did I attempt a grandfather’s monologue of seemingly disjointed developments?
TSMC completed a doubling of transistor density in less than 3 years to leapfrog past Intel, and subsequently broke new ground conquering sub-10nm physics with novel methods and tools, including the all-too-familiar EUV.
Most of the talent that achieved the breakthrough were Chinese, and a good number of them (several thousands) are currently working for mainland competition. Key managers were offered “out of this world” renumeration that were unheard of in the industry to sign up. These are cutting edge talent that know the business of chipmaking inside out, baptized by the fire of success that successfully dethroned Intel.
There are experienced captains steering the Chinese ship through the hurricane of US sanctions.
My friend, who still works at TSMC, thought the battle was lost the moment Donald the Orange declared war on Huawei. In fact, it was American belligerence that finally persuaded several of her colleagues to jump ship, and not the numbers on the contract. These were people who worked tireless to push yields to records during ramp-up, and methodically improved workflow for novel methods and equipment, without the benefit of recipes and practical limits. I like to think of them as chefs experimenting with a new menu earning three michelin stars, despite having to learn new ways of cooking with never-seen-before ingredients.
You can’t lose, with master chefs like that.
As she likes to say, 欺负中国没人,门儿都没有。
America picked the wrong fight, and boarded the wrong train.
路选错了是没有尽头的。
Pennsylvania Dutch Chicken and Flat Dumplings
Ingredients
1 large (5 pound) washed chicken
1 large onion, quartered
3 stalks celery, cut into large chunks
1 teaspoon whole peppercorn
2 1/2 teaspoons salt
Instructions
Place chicken in a 6- to 8-quart stockpot. Add remaining ingredients. Bring to boil. Simmer until chicken is done, about 2 hours.
When cool, remove bones and fat from chicken. Cut into pieces, and return to pot.
Noodles: In a bowl, mix together 2 cups flour and 1/2 teaspoon salt. Make a well in the center, and gradually work 4 eggs into the flour until stiff dough is formed, adding water a little at a time if necessary. Knead until smooth. Divide dough in half. Roll each half as thin as possible then cut into thin 1-2 inch squares.
Bring the broth back to rolling boil. Drop noodle squares one at a time, making sure each are drenched in broth. Reduce heat, cover and continue to cook until noodles are done, about 8 minutes. DON’T PEEK!
Serve in large bowl and ladle onto plates at the table. Serve with chopped onion.
This article discusses what it is like for me to be who I am with the understanding that I have been modified by both the United States government, and by our benefactors (the type-1 greys from The Domain). These modifications have, of course, changed me. The closest image available to recount these modifications is from the movie series “Alien”, and most specifically a character known as “Ripley 8”.
This article came about when The Domain Commander told me that I “was not human”.
I did not want to hear that. And I am actually resentful of it.
The Commander Statement
You are NOT a normal human being.
When our agency / MAJestic installed the ELF probes, they / we / us also transformed your personality. We compartmentalized you. You know that. During your MAJestic retirement sequence in ADC Pine Bluff, you confronted various personalities that are part of you.
You are aware of the scientist, the Naval officer, and so on and so forth. However, there are other personalities that you are not aware of. Let it be well understood that it is intentionally by design. These other personalities are not anything that you want to know about, or be associated with.
Thus they are not part of your shutdown sequence. They are permanently hardwired to your personality.
You have [1] Dr. Jeckle and Mr. Hyde, you have [2] The Wolfman (actually, the image is of a half-man, half-sabertooth tiger). You have [3] Mr. Dracula / The Mummy (image is confused and overlaid over each other.), and you have [4] The Incredible Hulk. None of these alter personalities are muted. They are all active.
They are always intended to be active. That makes you dangerous, and why you needed to be sent to prison. That is one of the reasons why they (MAJestic) cannot allow people like yourselves to be walking the (American) streets freely. You are a loaded gun with no "safety switch".
When you start to have memory triggers, event triggers, or code triggers, one of the personalities will manifest. Your "normal" personality will fade into the background and the new personality will dominate.
Most of the manifested personalities (you have experienced) this year has been of "The Incredible Hulk", and you have done a very fine job of suppressing that character personality. We are personally proud of you.
No one is harmed. At worst, your wife looks at your strange. That's it. It has been triggered by memories while you are under a lot of stress. This is normal for humans, however in your case there is a personalty change has been intentionally engineered and triggered.
There's other triggers as well.
Over the last six years the Dr. Jeckle and Mr. Hyde personality were occasionally triggered. You don't remember those events because afterwards your memories are suppressed. But if you look back, you will see these periods of *blank*. That is when this personality was triggered.
This is due to the fact that you live next to the Zhuhai heliport. And some of the aircraft use an electrical signal emitter that triggers your personality change. Luckily, for you, the "go code" signal is never emitted. So all that happens is that you go into a "stand by for orders" mode. Then when nothing happens, you "wake up" and forget about the entire incident.
For you to turn off these programs you will have to go through the entire Pine Bluff deactivation procedure all over again. We advise you not to do that. We further advise you NEVER (emphasis) return to the United States. All scenarios where you return is problematic for you personally.
Do not listen to DZ (my brother). He's a "strange cat" with other purposes and intentions for your return.
The reasons are obvious.
However, you need to remember that many of your latent personalities can be triggered by radio frequencies at various frequencies, amplitudes, patterns and pulses. The United States has substantially changed since you were there last. The spectrum of presently emitted radiation would trigger some very lethal responses from you.
Fucking lovely. Sheech!
Oh for Pete’s sake!
First I’m some kind of troll like bureaucrat named Mades Escapleon, and now I find out that I am a cross mix of of the bad characters from all the B-grade horror movies of the 1960’s. And to top it off, I’m a gun without a safety switch.
Sheech! Can’t I ever get a break?
This is obviously false. As I look, act and think like a human, and live in a human society. Not to mention that I enjoy pizza, wine and pretty girls. Not to mention, sex, playing with cats, and watching movies. So perhaps, I misinterpreted the comm.
Q: Please expand on the reasoning behind the statement that “I am not human”.
You are not human.
You are neither a pure human archetype, nor an inmate "skin suit". You are a hybrid creation with elements of both, as well as constructions intended for utility by the Domain.
(Image of a PPT presentation showing a "free and normal" human archetype. Followed by it being "changed" into a different kind of human; an inmate "skin suit". Then, changes to it with ELF, EPB and then a number of operations. The resulting figure on the PPT looks like neither the first Human archetype, nor the inmate "skin suit".)
All of the members in your MAJestic sub-project are hybrid creations. Some, like yourself, have further refinements. While others are slightly retarded / backwards / not up to date /contemporaneous with the update software / coding / medical procedures / system enhancements.
Additionally, all volunteers to The Domain (through MM here) that have agreed to work with us have also become hybrid creatures. They are no longer "inmate" human (appearing) skin suits. They have had one significant alteration to their inmate "skin suits". Some have had two or more. The severity of the changes is equated to their current dream states, feelings / emotions / perceptions.
(I think that it means that the odder your experiences are; your feelings are; your dreams are; the more changes to your "skin suit".)
In your case, you were altered for your role in our surrogate agency / utility /division (I think he means MAJestic) and then further altered with the addition of the EBP. So you have at least three layers of alterations. Certainly you might not appreciate the alterations, but we believe that they are necessary for the successful role that you play.
Stop assuming that you are the same as everyone else. YOU ARE NOT. (It felt like he was stressing things to me like my old DI in the Navy.)
Then, what the Hell am I?
Ripley 8?
Who or What is “Ripley 8”
We now refer to a fictional character. This character is from the movie “alien resurrection“.
Ripley 8 (also known as Number 8) was the eighth and almost fully successful clone of Lieutenant Ellen Ripley created by the USM.
The USM’s mission was to retrieve a Xenomorph Queen (in its chestburster cycle) from the clone’s chest.
However, subsequently the clone’s human DNA was mixed with Alien DNA there by creating a hybrid that retained much of the memories and personality of the original Ripley as well as other features.
Birth
Ripley 8 was cloned from frozen samples of Ellen Ripley’s blood, recovered after her death, from Fiorina 161. The United Systems Military knew of the Alien Queen inside Ellen Ripley at the time of her death, made several attempts to clone Ripley, and after seven failures, they finally got the process right, effectively creating Ripley 8. They surgically extracted the Queen from Number 8 and began to teach her how to use her powers onboard the Auriga. During therapy sessions, one of the scientists brought back repressed memories of Newt.
Escape
Number 8 was later confronted by Call, who attempts to kill her, believing that she may be used to create more Aliens, but Call is too late; the Aliens have already matured and quickly escape their confinement, damaging the ship and killing most of its crew.
Dr. Wren, one of the ship’s scientists, reveals that the Auriga’s default command in an emergency situation is to return to Earth. Realizing that this will unleash the Aliens on Earth, Ripley, the mercenaries, Wren, a marine named Distephano, and a surviving Alien host, Purvis, attempt to escape on the Betty and destroy the Auriga.
While escaping the Auriga, number 8 came across the laboratory containing her failed predecessors, including number 7. Struggling to speak, number 7 begged number 8 to euthanize her to end her life of agony, and number 8 complied by killing her with a flamethrower then torching the entire lab. As the group makes their way through the damaged ship, several of them are killed by the Aliens.
Call is revealed to be an android after Wren betrays the group. Using her abilities to interface with the damaged ship’s systems, they set it on a collision course with Earth, hoping that the Aliens will be destroyed in the crash. Ripley 8 then feels the pain endured by the Genetic Queen via telepathic connection, she was captured by the Xenomorphs and was brought to the Queen’s chamber.
Encounter with the Newborn
The Queen gave birth to a new lifeform called the Newborn. Shortly after birth, the newborn decapitates the Queen, instead having imprinted Ripley as its true mother.
The newborn follows Ripley onboard the Betty, closing the jammed door and saving the spacecraft from the vacuum of space. After another encounter with Ripley, she uses one of the being’s sharp canine teeth to cut her hand. Splashing her own acidic blood onto the plexiglas viewing port of the Betty’s cargo bay, she succeeded in her attempt to breach the window and caused everything to be sucked out (along with the newborn) which caught against the glass as it tried to return to Ripley. Subsequently, it is sucked out into space piece by piece, unable to properly free itself from the vacuum of space.
New Life
The Auriga was destroyed upon its impact to the Earth’s atmosphere, taking the remaining Xenomorphs onboard along with it, destroying the last trace of the creature in existence. Number 8 later finds herself in Paris, though it is obvious that something catastrophic happened there as the city is in ruins. She then wonders what new world awaits her.
Personality & Traits
Number 8 was an exact copy of Ellen Ripley but that was only partly skin deep, as her personality was much different; she is apathetic, cold and seemingly enjoyed the havoc the Xenomorphs caused.
She was also able to “feel” the Xenomorphs, but despite this she was on the side of the humans. This may not have been out of morality, but the fact that she was still a target of the Xenomorphs; as a facehugger latched on to her in the flooded section of the ship and Xenomorph Warriors tried to kill or capture her, despite the fact she was part xenomorph herself.
Dr Gedimen said that she has something of a predatory behavior as she toys with the Betty crew in the basketball court.
Some of the original Ripley’s personalty and maternal behavior does reside in her though, as when a female scientist shows Ripley a picture of a young girl, Ripley smiles but then quickly becomes saddened as she remembers both Newt and her daughter, Amanda, and realizes what the memories mean. She also becomes protective of Call, almost motherly-so.
Hybrid Characteristics
Due to the crossing of Ellen Ripley and an Alien Queen, number 8 has traces of the Xenomorph genes that she continually exhibits throughout the movie. Below are a list of such characteristics:
Physical Appearance: Being her clone, number 8 looks identical to Ellen Ripley; however because of her Xenomorph genes, there are some physical differences which includes glossy metallic teeth, naturally dark fingernails, and a slightly altered skin tone.
Psyche: Number 8 displayed very violent and ferocious behavior. Her general outlook and mindset were notably vicious and obviously reminiscent of the Xenomorph behavior. Even her body language speaks of the Alien DNA she possesses, as her movements are feral and almost cat-like.
Superior Strength: Numerous times number 8 demonstrates a superior strength that is not natural to humans. Such example is just after a few drones escape their cages and begin to take over the USM Auriga: number 8 is locked in a small, barren quarters and an Xenomorph is trying to break in to kill her. Quickly acting, number 8 uses her bare hands and fists to punch through a sealed metal panel so that she can trip wires to a back door. Another example was during the swim through the flooded area of the USM Auriga, when a Facehugger attached itself to her after the group had surfaced, and after a struggle she managed to pull it off.
Rapid Cell Regeneration: Another ability given to number 8 due to the gene crossing is her ability to rapidly heal from injuries. From her confines, she is visited by Annalee Call, who brandishes a knife in an attempt to kill her. But number 8 runs the blade through her right palm without pain, then after removing the blade, the wound heals within moments.
Jumping Skills: She is shown to be able to leap large distances.
Endurance: Number 8 is able to have a higher endurance rate than any human. An example is during the unexpected swim through the USM Aurigas decks that number 8 shows the uncanny ability to stay underwater longer. Additionally, she is never shown as having shortness of breath or any weariness during the frantic escape from the ship like her human counterparts.
Caustic Blood: Much like the Xenomorphs, Ripley 8 has acidic blood that can burn through metal, skin, clothing, aluminum silcate glass, and fused silica glass. However, number 8’s blood does remain crimson red like that of humans and is much more mild than the pure Xenomorph’s yellow-tinted blood.
Alien Empathy: Due to her half-Xenomorph genetics, number 8 is able to sense the presence of other Xenomorphs as well as their motives and emotions and possesses an apparent mental connection with the Xenomorph hive.
Genetic Memory: The Xenomorphs possesses the ability to pass on their memories genetically, and because of this Ripley 8 has “inherited” vague memories that belonged to the original Ellen Ripley as well as the Xenomorph. An example of this is when a scientist onboard the Auriga inadvertently triggers Ripley’s memories of Newt and her daughter. These confiding memories results in Number 8 suffering a crisis of loyalty until the original Ripley’s hatred for the Xenomorphs break through and she sides with the humans.
Now for the real stuff; MM
Ripley 8 is a fiction. But I am real.
My experience in MAJestic, and how I became who I am today is all documented on the many pages of MM. But this article is to say that Hollywood is a fiction. And I am real. And I just want to take a moment or two to discuss what it is like being me.
I have numerous unmodified traits that make me different from most “average” people.
My core education is in Aerospace Engineering / Astrophysics.
I was accepted for and trained as a Naval Aviator.
Those two things set me apart in education and training. How many Aerospace Engineers are alive in America these days? And how many of them are Naval Aviators? Not many. Most of the other aviators I trained with took basic humanities. Very few were STEM educated.
I also have other things that set me apart from most SAP’s in the US government.
I joined MAJestic. Which is a volunteer organization that operates within the ONI.
Which then physically modified me with seven ELF probes in my skull.
And which used MK-Ultra behavior modification to compartmentalize my personalities.
Which really narrows down my augmented skill set. How many do you figure are in the United States today that meet all of these above criteria?
And that is just for starters. Once that was completed, I was sent off-world and further modified by The Domain; our “benefactors”. Which again makes me somewhat “special”. As most of MAJestic do not have EBP installed.
EBP installed.
Physical body modified.
Non-physical bodies modified.
And then over time, with my various tasks and assignments, I have experienced a reality far different from which a “normal” human would experience.
World-line changes
World-line slides
Ability to communicate via the ELF probes.
Ability to communicate using the EBP.
And my experiences…
Married to a person who had a serious mental illness.
In a cutthroat high-tech industry that hired and fired at will.
International travel as part of my work.
Retirement as a Sex Offender.
Finally, egress and departure to live inside of China.
All told my experiences are wholly unique. All of this, by definition, makes me different.
But NOT alien.
Keeping all this real.
We are ALL, every single one of us, dealing with our own unique lives, and our own unique experiences.
None of us are better or worse than each other.
We are all different, and that is a good thing.
This article is to tell you all that I enjoy wine, pretty girls, pizza, steaks, “goldfish crackers” and “cheese-it” crackers, sex, and a nice ice cream Sunday on a hot, hot day. I like cats, dogs, and playing with things. I like to tromp in the woods, and smell the lush moistness underfoot, and rid a motorcycle though winding roads.
The human part of me is still there.
And I am getting old. I have blood pressure problems, heart problems, I drink too much, smoke too much, and am starting to have a daddy-belly (if you know what I mean).
I get happy, elated, and angry and sad. I like to read, and eat, and cook, and nap.
I think that most people here can relate to all that.
That’s because I am human.
But being different is not evident. Many people make the mistake that I am 100% of what they expect. You can see this on the occasional comments that I allow to post. Like the Jackass who asked (respectfully) why I don’t allow discussions about Jews! Jews! Jews! on my website. I mean really! Is this guy so clueless not to realize how anti-social that is? Sheech!
You know guys, anything can happen. And one day I will move on. My family will be sad and distressed. The MM site will fade into obscurity without a mention, and I will be one of those “flash in the pan” characters of limited interest to the society as a whole. Like Soopy Sales, Howdy Doody, or Jerry Lewis.
The point
Does it really matter if I am different on the inside? Does it matter if you are? Or if she is? Or if those people over there are?
No it doesn’t.
What does matter however, is our acceptance of things that we cannot change, may not like, or want to improve. And in order to accept those things, we need to be accepting that EVERY PERSON is just as different from each other, as I am from the “typical person”. We are all — everyone of us — different.
Being different is a good thing.
When I was in Pago Pago, a fellow came over to do some plumbing work on one of the hospital installations that I was working on, and we got to talking. He kept on saying that he really wasn’t a plumber, in a sad desultorily manner. And I had to correct him. He said he was a trained EMT, but that the funding for the job ended, so he was just doing what ever work he could find.
I told him that you are NEVER defined by your job. Which is a major lesson us men must deal with.
And…
You are also never what your career or your education is either. That is meaningless.
And…
Your value is never defined on how much money you make, though it will influence the happiness of your spouse.
And…
You are not what others say your are, whether lies or truth.
And…
You are not your past, your past mistakes, or your past successes.
Because, you are exactly who you are right now. PERIOD. Good, bad, ugly, dirty, clean, pristine, perfect, or tarnished. You are what you are in this very slim moment in time.
You must make this moment special, and let the rest of the world howl in frustration.
You know…
I haven’t flown a plane in years. I am tardy in my physical exercises. I could be a lot nicer. I should be making more money. I do need to take care of a lot of home projects that are falling behind, and so on and so forth…
I suppose that many of you are like me.
That’s because we ARE human. No matter what anyone else says. No matter how strong, important or powerful they are, you are exactly who you are, as unique as you are. And that is wonderful because you are SPECIAL.
Is this guy better than me because he has money…? (VIDEO)
And to tell youse guys the truth, I am sure that this guy is enjoying life and having a great time, but I really don’t know if I would feel comfortable living like him. Not really.
It is how we handle our life that matters. It is the ways that we interact with others, do our best, and be helpful. These are what matters. And if you are the Rufus, your life changes. It changes. (VIDEO)
And you know, you don’t need to perform heroic actions. You just need to be good.
Be good. Do good things.
You need to put smiles on the faces of those around you. Let them know that they are special and appreciated. Give the neighborhood cats a little treat. Tell the girl in the office that she looks good in the dress. Tell the bank teller that you like her glasses. Buy a cup of coffee for a coworker. Hold the door open to others, and smile and say Hi!
Use your talents, whatever they are. Give others “a break”. Cut them some slack. Put smiles on the faces of those around you.
Use your talents. Like this artist. He just gives people his art for free. No strings attached. (VIDEO)
I am sorry that I have been a little slow in releasing these particular kinds of articles, but you know it isn’t everyday where you are located in the middle of ground-zero for World War III. So I’ve been a little side-tracked, don’t you know.
Anyways…
Anyways, as far as this particular MAJestic post is concerned, please keep in mind the limitations that I have regarding the dissemination of information.
While I just cannot divulge any secrets, some of what I CAN discharge has to do with things that are not of a technical interest. Such as history, culture, society, and "the bigger picture".
My role (as was Sebastian's) enabled us some very exclusive access to "understandings".
Nothing that was really of a functional interest to MAJestic specifically. Just general odds and ends and curiosities. And one of these "tidbits" is how our planet in our solar system became populated with life.
This kind of information is not “secret”, “confidential” or “restricted”. It is considered to be an unimportant curiosity that does not matter in the grand scheme of things.
And this is the subject for today. It is a little history lesson.
We are going to talk about what the earth was like when the first organisms started to grow upon the earth. As well as the kinds of attention that this evolutionary process generated in the civilizations that were present at the time (elsewhere in the galaxy).
Ah. You all know that I have a particular interest in history, don’t you?
What I am going to present here is a mix of [1] what I have been exposed to, and I place it all [2] in context to what our present scientists (“experts”) believe. Combined, the two points of view can give the interested reader some real valuable insight into this rarer bit of obscure knowledge about the earth’s history. I also mention [3] some elements of life within the physical that many humans are unaware of, perhaps being alien to the Newtonian understanding of physics.
We are going to talk about about the Ediacaran Period.
This was a long, long, LONG time ago. Around 630 million years ago. Just about the time when the solar system was starting to become interesting to other species within our galaxy.
In comparison, the human species is only around 400,000 years old, and of that most of the time we were all very primitive. In fact the written history is only around 5,000 years old. We are very youthful. Here we talk about the time long before dinosaurs, flies, insects, fishes and trees. We are talking about the time when there wasn't a moon.
That is correct. 630,000,000 years ago the Earth had no moon.
I cover this subject elsewhere.
The earliest extraterrestrial humanoid (Physically-animated bipedal entities that utilize technology to visit the Earth) visitation known (to me personally) to our solar system occurred during the Ediacaran period (630 million years ago).
FYI: This is not “official” MAJestic knowledge. (This information is tangential to our roles and are personal observations that were debriefed, but not relative to our mission parameters. ) In general it is considered to be extemporaneous, non-mission critical information.
The base age of approximately 635 million years ago is based on the U-Pb (uranium-lead) isochron dating method.
Here, strata from Namibia and China was dated using this method.
There is a more or less active debate on the dating methodology regarding this time period. In any event it is far above my head and rather esoteric for my tastes.
The dating method I place here is approximate and based upon our limited understanding of the Earth at this time.
This was a long, long, very long time ago. The reader must understand that fact. Typically when humans think of the past, we tend to think in terms of thousands of years. Officially, civilization is supposed to be less than 10,000 years old.
Civilization, in this meaning, loosely refers to the creation of stable and moderate sized agrarian communities which may or may not have a written language.
But, this particular period of time is far, far older than that.
In fact, it is not 100x older. It is not 1000x older. It is 63,000 times older than what we consider to be the start of bipedal human civilization. It is so long ago as to be incomprehensible.
Please kindly refer to my notes (within the MAJestic Index) and my thoughts on the human ability to understand large swaths of time.
During this time, there were no evolved humanoids or proto-humans on the planet. The life on the earth was quite primitive.
Therefore, any and all the visitations were made by extraterrestrials. These creatures came and visited the earth and left. No one stayed for long. I would consider these visits and excursions to be survey expeditions made by long-extinct space-faring extraterrestrial species.
They had many forms.
The dominant physical form (by a “long shot”) that we, as humans, would recognize was the early variations of bipedal proto-humanoid extraterrestrials.
During this huge swath of time, the Earth was visited at various times by numerous species.
This period of time lasted for 94 million years, and began in the distant past around 630 million years ago. A lot of things can happen in 94 million years.
Again, the reader is reminded that this particular period of time contains 94 million years. That is an amazingly long expanse of time.
Indeed space-faring species developed, thrived and evolved past their physical forms many times during this period.
Obviously, this implies that there were space-faring, extraterrestrial races at this distant point in time so long ago. (None of which originated on the earth. They only visited it.)
During this period some would visit our solar system for various purposes and they would stay for varying lengths of time. All of these visitation(s) were short lived affairs.
Any settlements were temporary and used for scientific study and other short duration activities.
The visits were, of course, by extraterrestrial species of various points of origin, as there was absolutely just the very beginnings of higher order life on the world at this time.
Our solar system
The reader must understand that at this time the Earth was a bare and desolate place. The land was barren rock, and mountains. Sure there was mater and ice on the land masses, and perhaps microbes. But no significant life on the land surfaces. The only life was in the seas.
Our solar system was mostly free of the huge dust disks and debris field of the earlier 3 billion years.
Our star had matured during that time and became much more stable.
But stability is a relative thing; the earth was no longer entirely molten. Indeed, the surface of the earth was cooling and a thick gaseous envelope of various dusty gasses surrounded it.
Outside the Earth, the other rocky planets were also beginning to cool down and life was just beginning to form in the most unlikely of places. This included the smoggy Mars, and Venus, as well as numerous moons of Jupiter (because Jupiter was much closer to the Sun then as it is today).
At this point in time, the earth was just beginning to stabilize enough to maintain ambulatory life.
Previous to this time, it was a hot and desolate place (prior to the Sturtian period around 710 Ma).
Then it began to cool down.
During the early Neoproterozoic (around 850 Ma to 740 Ma) it cooled down sufficiently for early life in the earliest forms to evolve.
There was a pause or “burp” in evolution during the Sturtian glaciation around 710 to 735 Ma, and then a resumed period of growth during the Cryogenian period.
This again was put on hold during the Marinoan glaciation that finally ended around 635 Ma.
It was the Ediacaran period at around the end of the Marinoan glaciation where things started to evolve into life that we understand it to be; significant.
Around the Vendian period (approximately 570 Ma), the first classes and orders of identifiable creatures became recognizable in the fossil records.
Mars, and Venus looked quite different than they do now. The atmospheres were different. The pressures and temperatures were different. Their orbits, and orbitalinclinationtotheecliptic were different as well.
The earth had no moon, and our orbital inclination was different.
I do not know if there was another planet in orbit around the sun that eventually formed the asteroid belt. My personal belief that there wasn’t a planet, and what we see as asteroids are but the remnants of the solar system “frost zone”. Not of a planet that broke up sometime int he distant past.
Jupiter was larger. It was hotter, and it was closer to the sun than it is now.
A number of it’s moons had atmospheres, and there was actually some (short lived) periods of liquid water on key moons.
All the other gas giants, Jupiter, Neptune and Uranus also migrated outwards, but their physical changes were not as radical as for Jupiter.
Our Planet
Our earth was indeed a desolate place; however it was not without its charms.
It was marginally habitable, but showed great promise to those races with a long term view point.
Our planet consisted of mostly exposed and harsh rocks and water in a harsh nearly lifeless world. It was, of course, shrouded in toxic gasses under high temperature and pressure. But even in this environment, life spawned. During this time on the Earth we saw the continued emergence of simple organisms and simple creatures.
This time is considered the Neo-proterozoic era.
While nothing really existed on land, most life lived in the (emerging) waters of the earth and along the rocky shorelines. Here is where we have found the first good fossils of the first multi-celled animals on the Earth.
These (over the last few hundred years) were discovered and obtained, and that is how we now know that this was a period of the first native biological life on the earth.
Atmosphere
The world (at that time) was not only bare (consisting of broken rocky surfaces and coarse sand and gravels), but the atmosphere was pretty rank.
While there was an oxygen atmosphere, it was then only 40% of what consider normal today.
Instead the climate was dominated by (poisonous to humans) carbon dioxide and at a level fully sixteen times that of today. It was a time of thunderous storms, damp and dank weather and bleak, harsh rocky surroundings.
Yet, with all that being true, the world was still (considered) marginally habitable for bipedal humanoids. Bipedal humanoids would of needed oxygen masks, protective clothing, and solid reliable shoes to walk about on the planet.
Of course there was be dust and dirt, but it tended to have a granular appearance. The air, while rank, was breathable with filters and oxygen supplements.
The atmospheric pressure was tolerable but outside of what was considered normal for conventional humans.
The temperature varied by location, but for the most part was in the range considered to be marginally acceptable.
There was liquid water (over a large section of the globe); stable land forms, and a total lack of competing contentious native life forms. The earth at that time was a potential oasis that would be viewed as having great future promise by any extraterrestrial who would visit it.
Those species who visited it left their marks in various ways. Some of which eventually spawned higher order organisms unintentionally through careless behavior.
Which makes you wonder... "exactly what kinds of careless behaviors were involved?"
Native Life
It was during this time that the (so called) Ediacaran biota flourished.
The Ediacaran biota are the somewhat puzzling fauna of the Ediacaran period.
This geological period was from 635–542 million years ago (mya), but the fossil biota was only from 575–542 mya.
This was after a series of ice ages and just before the Cambrian period.
The biota consists of soft-bodied multicellular organisms, probably animals, which left trace fossils in rocks of Ediacaran age.
The biota is quite unusual, and there is no sign of it in the preceding Marinoan glaciation.
The biota appears to suffer a fairly severe extinction event at the boundary with the Cambrian.
Some of the biota may have survived into the early Cambrian.
Then the world consisted of very large and shallow seas.
These shallow seas permitted the growth of various simple organisms.
Simple trace fossils of possible worm-like creatures; known as the Trichophycus became common, as well as the very first sponges and trilobitomorphs (the early ancestors of trilobites).
The creatures of the earth at this time were simple in design and structure.
They were the earliest naturally evolving creatures of the earth and consisted of very simple proto-fungi and very simple proto-creatures.
At this time there were no insects, birds, or even flowers. The earth was a land of proto-fungi and small simple creatures.
The reader should consider the land at this time to be rather bare and rocky, with the earliest fungi and simple creatures clustering around the shorelines.
The most significant life form; non-ambulatory, was the various Stromatolite colonies that persisted throughout the planet in the shallow seas. These colonies looked like hard rounded sponge rocks and boulders.
These colonies grew close to the land and grew in great numbers due to the favorability of the local climate at that time. Some grew to enormous size. Truly, some were so enormous in size that they resembled low submerged islands.
The reader should consider this time to a period of all sorts of boneless ambulatory aquatic creatures such as jellyfish, and sea slugs.
Indeed, may I indulge in a little creative fantasy and suggest that the sea slugs became quite diverse and colorful. Imagine a world inhabited by such creatures. Creatures such as;
Hypselodoris kanga
Acanthodoris pylosa
Cyerce nigricans
Elysia crispata(’Lettuce sea slug’)
Flabellina iodinea
Costasiella kuroshimae(’Sea sheep’)
Glaucus atlanticus(’Blue angel’)
Phyllodesmium poindimiei
Dirona albolineata
Hexabranchus sanguineus(’Spanish dancer’)
I suggest the reader to look up these wondrous creatures and watch a video or GIF of their behavior. For indeed creatures similar to the aforementioned dominated the globe at that time.
It was during this period that proto-trilobites came into existence.
We have scant knowledge of these creatures because they were soft shelled, and thus unable to be fossilized.
We can, however, surmise that they appeared similar to that of their later offspring; the trilobites, only with a far simpler biology and soft shell and cellular makeup.
Trilobites were among the early arthropods, a phylum of hard-shelled creatures with multiple body segments and jointed legs (although the legs, antennae and other finer structures of trilobites only rarely are preserved).
They constitute an extinct class of arthropods, the Trilobita, made up of ten orders, over 150 families, about 5,000 genera, and over 20,000 described species.
New species of trilobites are unearthed and described every year.
This makes trilobites the single most diverse class of extinct organisms, and within the generalized body plan of trilobites there was a great deal of diversity of size and form.
The smallest known trilobite species is under a millimeter long, while the largest include species from 30 to over 70 cm in length (roughly a foot to over two feet long!).
With such a diversity of species and sizes, speculations on the ecology of trilobites includes planktonic, swimming, and crawling forms, and we can presume they filled a varied set of trophic (feeding) niches, although perhaps mostly as detritivores, predators, or scavengers.
Consider where they lived…
The Ediacara (formerly Vendian) biota are ancient life-forms of the Ediacaran Period, which represent the earliest known complex multicellular organisms.
They appeared soon after the Earth thawed from the Cryogenian period’s extensive glaciers, and largely disappeared soon before the rapid appearance of biodiversity known as the Cambrian explosion.
This period saw the first appearance in the fossil record of the basic patterns and body-plans that would go on to form the basis of modern animals.
Little of the diversity of the Ediacara biota would be incorporated in this new scheme, with a distinct Cambrian biota arising and usurping the organisms that dominated the Ediacaran fossil record.
What was life like 560 million years ago?
Bacteria and green algae were common in the seas, as were the enigmatic acritarchs, planktonic single-celled algae of uncertain affinity.
But the Ediacaran also marks the first appearance of a group of large fossils collectively known as the "Ediacara biota."
The question of what these fossils are is still not settled to everyone's satisfaction; at various times they have been considered algae, lichens, giant protozoans, or even a separate kingdom of life unrelated to anything living today.
Some of these fossils are simple blobs that are hard to interpret and could represent almost anything.
Some are most like cnidarians, worms, or soft-bodied relatives of the arthropods.
Others are less easy to interpret and may belong to extinct phyla.
But besides the fossils of soft bodies, Ediacaran rocks contain trace fossils, probably made by wormlike animals slithering over mud.
The Ediacaran rocks thus give us a good look at the first animals to live on Earth.
Of course, there weren’t any naturally evolved humanoids at this time. Nor were there any animals, rodents, flies or insects.
For the most part, any life that was on the earth existed solely within (or near) the water.
It was an aquatic world.
For all practical purposes, the Earth consisted of land masses consisting of bare rocks, sand, dank clouds and waters of various salinity (some areas were alkaline, while others were rich in various salts).
Yet, even though there weren’t any significant large mammals around, we did see other kinds of life. Here we saw an emergence of the first native life forms.
Jellyfish World
This period is marked, or the ultimate creation of, a sudden climatic change at the end of the Marinoan ice age.
Here, the temperature started to warm up and huge swaths of glaciers and frozen areas disappeared, and large pools of warm water and regions of comparative stability appeared.
While we have the earliest fossils on record from this geological time period, it is believed that many soft skinned creatures roamed the seas. I like to think of this time period as the age of the jellyfish.
Given the environment and the nature of life, it seems probably that huge groups of various types of jellyfish evolved and swam in the seas of this early earth. And possibly, quite possibly, some of those soft bodied creatures grew to enormous size.
For after all, they were the dominant life forms at that time.
The reader should think of images of jellyfish, piles, globs and puddles of organic mobile goo. They should envision that these globs formed families or colonies of creatures and often conjugated together in the warm shallow seas.
Over time, the size and diversity of these groups changed.
However, any visitor to the planet would have been astounded by the great numbers of living organic masses that apparently thrived in the seas at that time.
The Ediacaran period was a time of flourishing soft skin and soft shelled life. The seas were alive with lichen and other forms of simple marine life.
Jellyfish are more or less common today.
They have evolved to fulfill their proper environmental niche in the world and have honed their survival instincts into great diversity of forms and creatures.
At this time, however, the jellyfish were of a simpler design.
They were more benign and less adaptable to change.
Many life forms, and species developed, found a particular environmental niche and then died off.
We do not know what any of them looked like, but we can certainly make our own summations.
There is no doubt in my mind that soft-skinned marine life grew to enormous sizes during this time.
I further believe that there were many such variations of these creatures, which should be considered to be the precursors of jellyfishes and other evolutionary “dead ends”.
This is a picture of a huge jellyfish with a diver next to it for comparative purposes. Obviously there were no humans on the planet at this time. I place it here for a comparative aspect in that native life, especially the dominant native life at that time, can and did grow to enormous size.
Perhaps even the size of a whale or larger!
I am confident that these first jellyfishes or similar soft-shelled creatures were genetically primitive, but I am also confident that they were able to specialize and fill various niches in the ecosystem naturally.
In fact, it is highly possible that these creatures could grow to amazing sizes. Though we do not really know for sure.
In any event, the Ediacara biota bear little resemblance to modern life forms. Any soft skinned creatures would be unrecognizable to most humans today.
The Earth 630,000,000 years ago was a very different place. Not only were the contents of different shapes than what we see today, but the weather and climate were also completely different as well.
The earth had poles at a different location and the axis of rotation relative to the obliquity of the ecliptic was completely different to what we know it to be today.
It was an ocean world populated with soft-skinned native life, and very few land based forms.
Yet this world held promise.
Visitors to our solar system would find that the earth not only held a moderately acceptable environment, but also the planet Mars would appear marginally interesting as well. Mars had a thicker atmosphere, and while the once present oceans were long; long gone there would of still been slight evidence of glaciers and other frozen remnants that would of made visiting this solar system of great interest to extraterrestrial explorers.
Rheotaxis in the Garden of the Ediacaran
The “Garden of the Ediacaran” was a period in the ancient past when Earth’s shallow seas were populated with a bewildering variety of enigmatic, soft-bodied creatures.
Scientists traditionally have pictured it as a tranquil, almost idyllic interlude that lasted from 635 to 540 million years ago. But new interdisciplinary studies suggests that the organisms living at the time may have been much more dynamic than experts have thought.
An international team of researchers from Canada, the UK and the USA, including Dr Imran Rahman from the University of Bristol, UK studied fossils of an extinct organism called Tribrachidium, which lived in the oceans some 555 million years ago. Using a computer modelling approach called computational fluid dynamics, they were able to show that Tribrachidium fed by collecting particles suspended in water. This is called suspension feeding and it had not previously been documented in organisms from this period of time.
Tribrachidium lived during a period of time called the Ediacaran, which ranged from 635 million to 541 million years ago. This period was characterised by a variety of large, complex organisms, most of which are difficult to link to any modern species. It was previously thought that these organisms formed simple ecosystems characterised by only a few feeding modes, but the new study suggests they were capable of more types of feeding than previously appreciated.
Dr Simon Darroch, an Assistant Professor at Vanderbilt University, said:
"For many years, scientists have assumed that Earth's oldest complex organisms, which lived over half a billion years ago, fed in only one or two different ways. Our study has shown this to be untrue, Tribrachidium and perhaps other species were capable of suspension feeding. This demonstrates that, contrary to our expectations, some of the first ecosystems were actually quite complex."
Read more at; https://phys.org/news/2015-11-earth-ecosystems-complex-previously-thought.html More information: 'Suspension feeding in the enigmatic Ediacaran organism Tribrachidium demonstrates complexity of Neoproterozoic ecosystems' by Imran A. Rahman, Simon A. F. Darroch, Rachel A. Racicot and Marc Laflamme in Science Advances, DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.1500800
Scientists have found It extremely difficult to fit these Precambrian species into the tree of life. That is because they lived in a time before organisms developed the ability to make shells or bones. As a result, they didn’t leave much fossil evidence of their existence behind, and even less evidence that they moved around.
So, experts have generally concluded that virtually all of the Ediacarans—with the possible exception of a few organisms similar to jellyfish that floated about—were stationary and lived out their adult lives fixed in one place on the sea floor.
The new findings concern one of the most enigmatic of the Ediacaran genera, a penny-sized organism called Parvancorina, which ischaracterized by a series of ridges on its back that form the shape of a tiny anchor.
By analyzing the way in which water flows around Parvancorina’s body, an international team of researchers has concluded that these ancient creatures must have been mobile: specifically, they must have had the ability to orient themselves to face into the current flowing around them.
That would make them the oldest species known to possess this capability, which scientists call rheotaxis.
"Our analysis shows that the amount of drag produced with the current flowing from front to back is substantially less than that flowing from side to side," said Simon Darroch, assistant professor of earth and environmental sciences at Vanderbilt University, who headed the study. "In the strong currents characteristic of shallow ocean environments, that means Parvancorina would have benefited greatly from adjusting its position to face the direction of the flow."
The analysis, which used a technique borrowed from engineering called computational fluid dynamics (CFD), also showed that when Parvancorina faced into the current, its shape created eddy currents that were directed to several specific locations on its body.
"This would be very beneficial to Parvancorina if it was a suspension feeder as we suspect because it would have concentrated the suspended organic material making it easier to consume,"
-Darroch
More information: Simon A. F. Darroch et al, Inference of facultative mobility in the enigmatic Ediacaran organism, Biology Letters (2017). DOI: 10.1098/rsbl.2017.0033 Read more at: https://phys.org/news/2017-05-life-precambrian-livelier-previously-thought.html#jCp
Extraterrestrial Occupation
Now I am going to discuss extraterrestrial species and how they interacted with the earth at this time.
Let it be known that the present species that MAJestic interacts with did not exist at that time.
Here we are discussing (mostly) long extinct species that are known to the extraterrestrial species that we interact with today.
But of which they are themselves unfamiliar with them in any degree of detail that they specifically and selectively choose not to communicate with me about. I cannot say much more than that. Cannot.
At this time, the universe was already mature.
So even though our solar system was still rather youthful, the rest of the universe was quite old.
In fact, the universe was already 11 billion years old when the Ediacaran period began.
What this means is that there were entire life cycles of stars that were born, grew into maturity, and died well before our solar system was even formed.
In fact, there is evidence, from the spectral composition of our sun, that at least four generations of previous stars came before our solar system was berthed. This means that it completely realistic to expect the presence of extremely advanced galactic-wide extraterrestrial civilizations with interstellar transport technology in our region of space.
At this time, there was still consternation regarding specific pockets of unorganized quanta that had naturally formed into non-approved quantum soul archetypes.
But none of that really was a concern to our physical world at that time.
The quanta that surrounding the planet was just beginning to formulate into discrete packets; while some might argue otherwise, and the entire region was open for physical extraterrestrial exploration.
(It had been explored much earlier by discarnate soul orders, but that is not our concern at this time.)
+ + +
The Ediacaran period saw the presence of the very first humanoid extraterrestrial bases on the earth.
These facilities were short duration affairs. Mostly used for scientific inquiry. To imagine what these facilities were like, one should consider what the current human research stations look like in Antarctica.
Scout. Scan. Visit. Sample. Leave.
I am quite confident that the extraterrestrial bases were very similar to those facilities in both form and function.
Essentially,we should realistically consider the base facilities at this time and place to be similar to that consisting of a small cluster of habitats around a secured landing area for the associative vehicles.
None of the bases or communities during this entire huge swath of time (during the Ediacaran period) were ever very large.
Typically, the species operated out of their spacecraft, which at that time, tended to be (comparatively) huge. (Not all, and not the “critical” visits. Just the ones that made the greatest disruption in the quantum envelope that is recorded.) They would then send excursions to the surface and form “base camps” which typically tended to consist of rudimentary structures and facilities.
Typically planetary excursions were very; very short lived affairs. Often lasting less than one month in duration.
Although there were a number which lasted for much longer; perhaps as long as two years in duration. However, in all cases, they could just be considered to be scientific excursions, which were there for the purposes of scientific investigation and inquiry.
For some reason, I have always assumed that these visits required large spacecraft with interstellar propulsive capability. However, I do not know if this was the case for every species. Indeed, for the multi-dimensional and higher order species, they might have utilized other methods that are far beyond our level of understanding at this time.
Typically, one might expect (or more accurately, assume) the base facilities to lie close to the equator for reasons of avoiding the gravity sink of the earth. Nevertheless, when one studies the map of the Earth at that time, one can clearly see a problem with the base placement.
It is my arrogant assumption that the extraterrestrial entities needed to land or walk on dry land, and that they would see ocean landings a barrier.
All of this is assumptive on my part.
The reader should be made aware that the poles (North and South) as well as the equator as determined by conventional historical cartographers are typically incorrectly placed.
The axis of rotation and the tilt of the earth at this time was wholly different than what it is today.
The current maps relative to this time has to be adjusted to take this into account. I hope that I was able to rectify this discrepancy in the maps that I presented here.
There weren’t too many dry land locations near the equator at this time.
That severely limited the location of the bases of operation around a water world swimming full of proto-jellyfish like creatures. In any event, none were involved in any type of colonization or industrial facilities.
That I am aware of.
It is entirely possible that contamination of the native ecosystem by extraterrestrial races contributed to the emergence of life on the Earth at this time.
Contamination refers to any extraterrestrial influence on the biology of the earth ecosystem at that time.
We can be assured that there was some degree of contamination.
There always is.
This is both physical, spiritual and in all ways quantum. But, no one knows for sure the impact it had, if any.
Nothing (physical) remains of whatever visitors occupied the earth at this time.
However, there is the remote possibility that the Baigong pipes in China might be the remains of what once was some kind of industrial facility of some type.
The Baigong Pipes are a series of pipe-like features found on and near Mount Baigong, about 40 km southwest of the city of Delingha, in the Haixi Mongol and Tibetan Autonomous Prefecture, Qinghai Province, China.
Associated with these pipe-like features are "rusty scraps" and "strangely shaped stones".
Analysis of the "rusty scraps" by Liu Shaolin at a "local smeltery" reportedly found that they consist of 30 percent ferric oxide and large amounts of silicon dioxide and calcium oxide.
This is what one would expect of fossilized rust buried in sandy soil.
The state run newspaper People's Daily reported on a 2007 investigation where a research fellow from the Chinese Earthquake Administration reported they had found some of the pipes to be highly radioactive.
Skeptics claim that this is a natural formation (of course they would).
According to any measure of anthropological science, there was no way that naturally evolved tool-making bipedal humanoids could of evolved at this time.
In any event, any remains of artificial constructions from this distant past would be altered beyond appearance and would have alternative material constructions.
For a conventional explanation of what this site is please visit; http://skeptoid.com/episodes/4181.
It has a moderately reasonable conventional explanation for the observed formations. Yet, I must specifically stress to the reader that time and geologic pressures alter the appearance and shape of things..
This site could just as well be a natural site as it could be the remains of a very ancient construction. The reader needs to pursue life with an open mind and consider both possibilities.
The only evidence remaining for (supplemented) human observation are the tell-tale quantum level signatures of early visitations in the (local regional) quantum cloud.
In our universe, every time one quantum particle interacts with another one, even if it is just a thought, it leaves a “mark” for all eternity.
Those with the proper tools can read and understand these marks.
And thus have the ability to observe the past as it transpired, in real time.
We know of a number of extremely advanced races that can do this.
But as far as humans are concerned, only our quantum soul bodies have this ability. (Even at that, it is rudimentary.)
Our physical bodies are wholly unable to access these records. Instead, we must utilize the assistance of other, more advanced physical races.
Unfortunately, we as humans, do not possess the ability to read and interpret these signatures.
We only know what is told to us by those whom have this ability.
What they tell us is quite simplistic.
They tell us that the planet was visited and explored by humanoid bipedal entities at this time. We also know that they traveled through various methods, not limited to physical transport. Indeed dimensional transport seemed to be the most common method.
Their past, history, appearance, and other traits that we might find interesting are shrouded in the mists of time.
That includes what happened to the various species whom visited this planet and where they are today.
This is the full extent of what I know about this time.
Summary
Around 650 million years ago, the first extraterrestrial life set foot on the earth and investigated it. Over time there were numerous subsequent visits. During some of these visits a small number of bases or facilities were constructed for various scientific and investigative purposes.
The solar system at that time was still very young, being only three billion years old. There were many comets and orbiting rocky bodies that yet had to be absorbed or collided with the larger planetary bodies.
Mars was not habitable, but both Mars and Venus were more habitable to ambulatory humanoids than they are today.
To this end, this solar system was of interest because of the three possible marginally desirable planets in the system. The Earth, Venus and Mars. Additionally, since the gas giants were closer to the sun than they are now, and hotter, a number of Jupiter moons possessed atmosphere in a gaseous state, and some even had oceans that held water in a liquid state.
This entire solar system held promise.
The earth at that time was mostly bare rock with oceans teeming with soft-shell creatures.
At that time there was no galactic federation that would claim administration for our solar system.
For the Ediacaran Period of nearly 89 million years, the situation was pretty much a stable one. Our solar system was mapped, explored, and systematically ignored by other species.
The vast bulk of time where this occurred was from 600 Ma to around 560 Ma.
They actually found our solar neighbors far more interesting for a host of reasons, and thus at this time just mostly ignored our solar system.
The solar system was still evolving and there were various comets and rogue asteroids that would and did present a threat to any native life in the solar system. This system was considered to be moderately interesting but not worthy of colonization by any of the species who visited it.
It was noted; explored in a more or less cursory manner, and archived.
Very little happened on the earth in the regard to extraterrestrial involvement of a substantive nature during this time period.
Those MM readers who might wonder what life might resemble around planets in the habitual zone of stars around three billion years old, might well learn from this narrative and explanation here.
You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.
This is a nice rainy-day read. It’s a classic science fiction story about a “rescue party” that encounters the remains of a civilization. It’s a nice read, and will keep your mind occupied. It is reprinted in full, with no registration, need to provide your credit card (oh, to check to see if you are human; LOL) or CAPTCHA bullshit. If English is not your native language, you can translate it using the buttons on the side. Enjoy.
Rescue Party
by Arthur C. Clarke
Preface by Eric Flint
I'm certain this wasn't the first science fiction story I ever read, because I still remember those vividly. Three novels, all read when I was twelve years old and living in the small town of Shaver Lake (pop. 500) in the Sierra Nevada mountains in California: Robert Heinlein's Citizen of the Galaxy, Tom Godwin's The Survivors and Andre Norton's Star Rangers.
I must have started reading Arthur C. Clarke soon thereafter, though. The two stories that introduced me to him as I remember, anyway were this one and "Jupiter V," and those two stories fixed Clarke permanently as one of the central triad in my own personal pantheon of SF's great writers. (The other two being Robert Heinlein and Andre Norton.)
We chose this one, rather than "Jupiter V," at my request. I wanted this one because, of all the stories ever written in science fiction, this is the one which first demonstrated to me that science fiction could be inspirational as well as fascinating. So I thought at the age of twelve or possibly thirteen. More than four decades have now gone by, and I haven't changed my mind at all.
Who was to blame? For three days Alveron’s thoughts had come back to that question, and still he had found no answer. A creature of a less civilized or a less sensitive race would never have let it torture his mind, and would have satisfied himself with the assurance that no one could be responsible for the working of fate. But Alveron and his kind had been lords of the Universe since the dawn of history, since that far distant age when the Time Barrier had been folded round the cosmos by the unknown powers that lay beyond the Beginning. To them had been given all knowledge and with infinite knowledge went infinite responsibility. If there were mistakes and errors in the administration of the galaxy, the fault lay on the heads of Alveron and his people. And this was no mere mistake: it was one of the greatest tragedies in history.
The crew still knew nothing. Even Rugon, his closest friend and the ship’s deputy captain, had been told only part of the truth. But now the doomed worlds lay less than a billion miles ahead. In a few hours, they would be landing on the third planet.
Once again Alveron read the message from Base; then, with a flick of a tentacle that no human eye could have followed, he pressed the “General Attention” button. Throughout the mile-long cylinder that was the Galactic Survey Ship S9000, creatures of many races laid down their work to listen to the words of their captain.
“I know you have all been wondering,” began Alveron, “why we were ordered to abandon our survey and to proceed at such an acceleration to this region of space. Some of you may realize what this acceleration means. Our ship is on its last voyage: the generators have already been running for sixty hours at Ultimate Overload. We will be very lucky if we return to Base under our own power.
“We are approaching a sun which is about to become a Nova. Detonation will occur in seven hours, with an uncertainty of one hour, leaving us a maximum of only four hours for exploration. There are ten planets in the system about to be destroyed and there is a civilization on the third. That fact was discovered only a few days ago. It is our tragic mission to contact that doomed race and if possible to save some of its members. I know that there is little we can do in so short a time with this single ship. No other machine can possibly reach the system before detonation occurs.”
There was a long pause during which there could have been no sound or movement in the whole of the mighty ship as it sped silently toward the worlds ahead. Alveron knew what his companions were thinking and he tried to answer their unspoken question.
“You will wonder how such a disaster, the greatest of which we have any record, has been allowed to occur. On one point I can reassure you. The fault does not lie with the Survey.
“As you know, with our present fleet of under twelve thousand ships, it is possible to re-examine each of the eight thousand million solar systems in the Galaxy at intervals of about a million years. Most worlds change very little in so short a time as that.
“Less than four hundred thousand years ago, the survey ship S5060 examined the planets of the system we are approaching. It found intelligence on none of them, though the third planet was teeming with animal life and two other worlds had once been inhabited. The usual report was submitted and the system is due for its next examination in six hundred thousand years.
“It now appears that in the incredibly short period since the last survey, intelligent life has appeared in the system. The first intimation of this occurred when unknown radio signals were detected on the planet Kulath in the system X29.35, Y34.76, Z27.93. Bearings were taken on them; they were coming from the system ahead.
“Kulath is two hundred light-years from here, so those radio waves had been on their way for two centuries. Thus for at least that period of time a civilization has existed on one of these worlds a civilization that can generate electromagnetic waves and all that that implies.
“An immediate telescopic examination of the system was made and it was then found that the sun was in the unstable pre-nova stage. Detonation might occur at any moment, and indeed might have done so while the light waves were on their way to Kulath.
“There was a slight delay while the supervelocity scanners on Kulath II were focused on to the system. They showed that the explosion had not yet occurred but was only a few hours away. If Kulath had been a fraction of a light-year further from this sun, we should never have known of its civilization until it had ceased to exist.
“The Administrator of Kulath contacted the Sector Base immediately, and I was ordered to proceed to the system at once. Our object is to save what members we can of the doomed race, if indeed there are any left. But we have assumed that a civilization possessing radio could have protected itself against any rise of temperature that may have already occurred.
“This ship and the two tenders will each explore a section of the planet. Commander Torkalee will take Number One, Commander Orostron Number Two. They will have just under four hours in which to explore this world. At the end of that time, they must be back in the ship. It will be leaving then, with or without them. I will give the two commanders detailed instructions in the control room immediately.
“That is all. We enter atmosphere in two hours.” * * *
On the world once known as Earth the fires were dying out: there was nothing left to burn. The great forests that had swept across the planet like a tidal wave with the passing of the cities were now no more than glowing charcoal and the smoke of their funeral pyres still stained the sky. But the last hours were still to come, for the surface rocks had not yet begun to flow. The continents were dimly visible through the haze, but their outlines meant nothing to the watchers in the approaching ship. The charts they possessed were out of date by a dozen Ice Ages and more deluges than one.
The S9000 had driven past Jupiter and seen at once that no life could exist in those half-gaseous oceans of compressed hydrocarbons, now erupting furiously under the sun’s abnormal heat. Mars and the outer planets they had missed, and Alveron realized that the worlds nearer the sun than Earth would be already melting. It was more than likely, he thought sadly, that the tragedy of this unknown race was already finished. Deep in his heart, he thought it might be better so. The ship could only have carried a few hundred survivors, and the problem of selection had been haunting his mind.
Rugon, Chief of Communications and Deputy Captain, came into the control room. For the last hour he had been striving to detect radiation from Earth, but in vain.
“We’re too late,” he announced gloomily. “I’ve monitored the whole spectrum and the ether’s dead except for our own stations and some two-hundred-year-old programs from Kulath. Nothing in this system is radiating any more.”
He moved toward the giant vision screen with a graceful flowing motion that no mere biped could ever hope to imitate. Alveron said nothing; he had been expecting this news.
One entire wall of the control room was taken up by the screen, a great black rectangle that gave an impression of almost infinite depth. Three of Rugon’s slender control tentacles, useless for heavy work but incredibly swift at all manipulation, flickered over the selector dials and the screen lit up with a thousand points of light. The star field flowed swiftly past as Rugon adjusted the controls, bringing the projector to bear upon the sun itself.
No man of Earth would have recognized the monstrous shape that filled the screen. The sun’s light was white no longer: great violet-blue clouds covered half its surface and from them long streamers of flame were erupting into space. At one point an enormous prominence had reared itself out of the photosphere, far out even into the flickering veils of the corona. It was as though a tree of fire had taken root in the surface of the sun a tree that stood half a million miles high and whose branches were rivers of flame sweeping through space at hundreds of miles a second.
“I suppose,” said Rugon presently, “that you are quite satisfied about the astronomers’ calculations. After all “
“Oh, we’re perfectly safe,” said Alveron confidently. “I’ve spoken to Kulath Observatory and they have been making some additional checks through our own instruments. That uncertainty of an hour includes a private safety margin which they won’t tell me in case I feel tempted to stay any longer.”
He glanced at the instrument board.
“The pilot should have brought us to the atmosphere now. Switch the screen back to the planet, please. Ah, there they go!”
There was a sudden tremor underfoot and a raucous clanging of alarms, instantly stilled. Across the vision screen two slim projectiles dived toward the looming mass of Earth. For a few miles they traveled together, then they separated, one vanishing abruptly as it entered the shadow of the planet.
Slowly the huge mother ship, with its thousand times greater mass, descended after them into the raging storms that already were tearing down the deserted cities of Man. * * *
It was night in the hemisphere over which Orostron drove his tiny command. Like Torkalee, his mission was to photograph and record, and to report progress to the mother ship. The little scout had no room for specimens or passengers. If contact was made with the inhabitants of this world, the S9000 would come at once. There would be no time for parleying. If there was any trouble the rescue would be by force and the explanations could come later.
The ruined land beneath was bathed with an eerie, flickering light, for a great auroral display was raging over half the world. But the image on the vision screen was independent of external light, and it showed clearly a waste of barren rock that seemed never to have known any form of life. Presumably this desert land must come to an end somewhere. Orostron increased his speed to the highest value he dared risk in so dense an atmosphere.
The machine fled on through the storm, and presently the desert of rock began to climb toward the sky. A great mountain range lay ahead, its peaks lost in the smoke-laden clouds. Orostron directed the scanners toward the horizon, and on the vision screen the line of mountains seemed suddenly very close and menacing. He started to climb rapidly. It was difficult to imagine a more unpromising land in which to find civilization and he wondered if it would be wise to change course. He decided against it. Five minutes later, he had his reward.
Miles below lay a decapitated mountain, the whole of its summit sheared away by some tremendous feat of engineering. Rising out of the rock and straddling the artificial plateau was an intricate structure of metal girders, supporting masses of machinery. Orostron brought his ship to a halt and spiraled down toward the mountain.
The slight Doppler blur had now vanished, and the picture on the screen was clear-cut. The latticework was supporting some scores of great metal mirrors, pointing skyward at an angle of forty-five degrees to the horizontal. They were slightly concave, and each had some complicated mechanism at its focus. There seemed something impressive and purposeful about the great array; every mirror was aimed at precisely the same spot in the sky or beyond.
Orostron turned to his colleagues.
“It looks like some kind of observatory to me,” he said. “Have you ever seen anything like it before?”
Klarten, a multitentacled, tripedal creature from a globular cluster at the edge of the Milky Way, had a different theory.
“That’s communication equipment. Those reflectors are for focusing electromagnetic beams. I’ve seen the same kind of installation on a hundred worlds before. It may even be the station that Kulath picked up though that’s rather unlikely, for the beams would be very narrow from mirrors that size.”
“That would explain why Rugon could detect no radiation before we landed,” added Hansur II, one of the twin beings from the planet Thargon.
Orostron did not agree at all.
“If that is a radio station, it must be built for interplanetary communication. Look at the way the mirrors are pointed. I don’t believe that a race which has only had radio for two centuries can have crossed space. It took my people six thousand years to do it.”
“We managed it in three,” said Hansur II mildly, speaking a few seconds ahead of his twin. Before the inevitable argument could develop, Klarten began to wave his tentacles with excitement. While the others had been talking, he had started the automatic monitor.
“Here it is! Listen!”
He threw a switch, and the little room was filled with a raucous whining sound, continually changing in pitch but nevertheless retaining certain characteristics that were difficult to define.
The four explorers listened intently for a minute; then Orostron said, “Surely that can’t be any form of speech! No creature could produce sounds as quickly as that!”
Hansur I had come to the same conclusion. “That’s a television program. Don’t you think so, Klarten?”
The other agreed.
“Yes, and each of those mirrors seems to be radiating a different program. I wonder where they’re going? If I’m correct, one of the other planets in the system must lie along those beams. We can soon check that.”
Orostron called the S9000 and reported the discovery. Both Rugon and Alveron were greatly excited, and made a quick check of the astronomical records.
The result was surprising and disappointing. None of the other nine planets lay anywhere near the line of transmission. The great mirrors appeared to be pointing blindly into space.
There seemed only one conclusion to be drawn, and Klarten was the first to voice it.
“They had interplanetary communication,” he said. “But the station must be deserted now, and the transmitters no longer controlled. They haven’t been switched off, and are just pointing where they were left.”
“Well, we’ll soon find out,” said Orostron. “I’m going to land.”
He brought the machine slowly down to the level of the great metal mirrors, and past them until it came to rest on the mountain rock. A hundred yards away, a white stone building crouched beneath the maze of steel girders. It was windowless, but there were several doors in the wall facing them.
Orostron watched his companions climb into their protective suits and wished he could follow. But someone had to stay in the machine to keep in touch with the mother ship. Those were Alveron’s instructions, and they were very wise. One never knew what would happen on a world that was being explored for the first time, especially under conditions such as these.
Very cautiously, the three explorers stepped out of the airlock and adjusted the antigravity field of their suits. Then, each with the mode of locomotion peculiar to his race, the little party went toward the building, the Hansur twins leading and Klarten following close behind. His gravity control was apparently giving trouble, for he suddenly fell to the ground, rather to the amusement of his colleagues. Orostron saw them pause for a moment at the nearest door then it opened slowly and they disappeared from sight.
So Orostron waited, with what patience he could, while the storm rose around him and the light of the aurora grew even brighter in the sky. At the agreed times he called the mother ship and received brief acknowledgments from Rugon. He wondered how Torkalee was faring, halfway round the planet, but he could not contact him through the crash and thunder of solar interference.
It did not take Klarten and the Hansurs long to discover that their theories were largely correct. The building was a radio station, and it was utterly deserted. It consisted of one tremendous room with a few small offices leading from it. In the main chamber, row after row of electrical equipment stretched into the distance; lights flickered and winked on hundreds of control panels, and a dull glow came from the elements in a great avenue of vacuum tubes.
But Klarten was not impressed. The first radio sets his race had built were now fossilized in strata a thousand million years old. Man, who had possessed electrical machines for only a few centuries, could not compete with those who had known them for half the lifetime of the Earth.
Nevertheless, the party kept their recorders running as they explored the building. There was still one problem to be solved. The deserted station was broadcasting programs, but where were they coming from? The central switchboard had been quickly located. It was designed to handle scores of programs simultaneously, but the source of those programs was lost in a maze of cables that vanished underground. Back in the S9000, Rugon was trying to analyze the broadcasts and perhaps his researches would reveal their origin. It was impossible to trace cables that might lead across continents.
The party wasted little time at the deserted station. There was nothing they could learn from it, and they were seeking life rather than scientific information. A few minutes later the little ship rose swiftly from the plateau and headed toward the plains that must lie beyond the mountains. Less than three hours were still left to them.
As the array of enigmatic mirrors dropped out of sight, Orostron was struck by a sudden thought. Was it imagination, or had they all moved through a small angle while he had been waiting, as if they were still compensating for the rotation of the Earth? He could not be sure, and he dismissed the matter as unimportant. It would only mean that the directing mechanism was still working, after a fashion.
They discovered the city fifteen minutes later. It was a great, sprawling metropolis, built around a river that had disappeared leaving an ugly scar winding its way among the great buildings and beneath bridges that looked very incongruous now.
Even from the air, the city looked deserted. But only two and a half hours were left there was no time for further exploration. Orostron made his decision, and landed near the largest structure he could see. It seemed reasonable to suppose that some creatures would have sought shelter in the strongest buildings, where they would be safe until the very end.
The deepest caves in the heart of the planet itself would give no protection when the final cataclysm came. Even if this race had reached the outer planets, its doom would only be delayed by the few hours it would take for the ravening wavefronts to cross the Solar System.
Orostron could not know that the city had been deserted not for a few days or weeks, but for over a century. For the culture of cities, which had outlasted so many civilizations had been doomed at last when the helicopter brought universal transportation. Within a few generations the great masses of mankind, knowing that they could reach any part of the globe in a matter of hours, had gone back to the fields and forests for which they had always longed. The new civilization had machines and resources of which earlier ages had never dreamed, but it was essentially rural and no longer bound to the steel and concrete warrens that had dominated the centuries before. Such cities as still remained were specialized centers of research, administration or entertainment; the others had been allowed to decay, where it was too much trouble to destroy them. The dozen or so greatest of all cities, and the ancient university towns, had scarcely changed and would have lasted for many generations to come. But the cities that had been founded on steam and iron and surface transportation had passed with the industries that had nourished them.
And so while Orostron waited in the tender, his colleagues raced through endless empty corridors and deserted halls, taking -innumerable photographs but learning nothing of the creatures who had used these buildings. There were libraries, meeting places, council rooms, thousands of offices all were empty and deep with dust. If they had not seen the radio station on its mountain eyrie, the explorers could well have believed that this world had known no life for centuries.
Through the long minutes of waiting, Orostron tried to imagine where this race could have vanished. Perhaps they had killed themselves knowing that escape was impossible; perhaps they had built great shelters in the bowels of the planet, and even now were cowering in their millions beneath his feet, waiting for the end. He began to fear that he would never know.
It was almost a relief when at last he had to give the order for the return. Soon he would know if Torkalee’s party had been more fortunate. And he was anxious to get back to the mother ship, for as the minutes passed the suspense had become more and more acute. There had always been the thought in his mind: What if the astronomers of Kulath have made a mistake? He would begin to feel happy when the walls of the S9000 were around him. He would be happier still when they were out in space and this ominous sun was shrinking far astern.
As soon as his colleagues had entered the airlock, Orostron hurled his tiny machine into the sky and set the controls to home on the S9000. Then he turned to his friends.
“Well, what have you found?” he asked.
Klarten produced a large roll of canvas and spread it out on the floor.
“This is what they were like,” he said quietly. “Bipeds, with only two arms. They seem to have managed well, in spite of that handicap. Only two eyes as well, unless there are others in the back. We were lucky to find this; it’s about the only thing they left behind.”
The ancient oil painting stared stonily back at the three creatures regarding it so intently. By the irony of fate, its complete worthlessness had saved it from oblivion. When the city had been evacuated, no one had bothered to move Alderman John Richards, 1909-1974. For a century and a half he had been gathering dust while far away from the old cities the new civilization had been rising to heights no earlier culture had ever known.
“That was almost all we found,” said Klarten. “The city must have been deserted for years. I’m afraid our expedition has been a failure. If there are any living beings on this world, they’ve hidden themselves too well for us to find them.”
His commander was forced to agree.
“It was an almost impossible task,” he said. “If we’d had weeks instead of hours we might have succeeded. For all we know, they may even have built shelters under the sea. No one seems to have thought of that.”
He glanced quickly at the indicators and corrected the course.
“We’ll be there in five minutes. Alveron seems to be moving rather quickly. I wonder if Torkalee has found anything.”
The S9000 was hanging a few miles above the seaboard of a blazing continent when Orostron homed upon it. The danger line was thirty minutes away and there was no time to lose. Skillfully, he maneuvered the little ship into its launching tube and the party stepped out of the airlock.
There was a small crowd waiting for them. That was to be expected, but Orostron could see at once that something more than curiosity had brought his friends here. Even before a word was spoken, he knew that something was wrong.
“Torkalee hasn’t returned. He’s lost his party and we’re going to the rescue. Come along to the control room at once.” * * *
From the beginning, Torkalee had been luckier than Orostron. He had followed the zone of twilight, keeping away from the intolerable glare of the sun, until he came to the shores of an inland sea. It was a very recent sea, one of the latest of Man’s works, for the land it covered had been desert less than a century before. In a few hours it would be desert again, for the water was boiling and clouds of steam were rising to the skies. But they could not veil the loveliness of the great white city that overlooked the tideless sea.
Flying machines were still parked neatly round the square in which Torkalee landed. They were disappointingly primitive, though beautifully finished, and depended on rotating airfoils for support. Nowhere was there any sign of life, but the place gave the impression that its inhabitants were not very far away. Lights were still shining from some of the windows.
Torkalee’s three companions lost no time in leaving the machine. Leader of the party, by seniority of rank and race was T’sinadree, who like Alveron himself had been born on one of the ancient planets of the Central Suns. Next came Alarkane, from a race which was one of the youngest in the Universe and took a perverse pride in the fact. Last came one of the strange beings from the system of Palador. It was nameless, like all its kind, for it possessed no identity of its own, being merely a mobile but still dependent cell in the consciousness of its race. Though it and its fellows had long been scattered over the galaxy in the exploration of countless worlds, some unknown link still bound them together as inexorably as the living cells in a human body.
When a creature of Palador spoke, the pronoun it used was always “We.” There was not, nor could there ever be, any first person singular in the language of Palador.
The great doors of the splendid building baffled the explorers, though any human child would have known their secret. T’sinadree wasted no time on them but called Torkalee on his personal transmitter. Then the three hurried aside while their commander maneuvered his machine into the best position. There was a brief burst of intolerable flame; the massive steelwork flickered once at the edge of the visible spectrum and was gone. The stones were still glowing when the eager party hurried into the building, the beams of their light projectors fanning before them.
The torches were not needed. Before them lay a great hall, glowing with light from lines of tubes along the ceiling. On either side, the hall opened out into long corridors, while straight ahead a massive stairway swept majestically toward the upper floors.
For a moment T’sinadree hesitated. Then, since one way was as good as another, he led his companions down the first corridor.
The feeling that life was near had now become very strong. At any moment, it seemed, they might be confronted by the creatures of this world. If they showed hostility and they could scarcely be blamed if they did the paralyzers would be used at once.
The tension was very great as the party entered the first room, and only relaxed when they saw that it held nothing but machines row after row of them, now stilled and silent. Lining the enormous room were thousands of metal filing cabinets, forming a continuous wall as far as the eye could reach. And that was all; there was no furniture, nothing but the cabinets and the mysterious machines.
Alarkane, always the quickest of the three, was already examining the cabinets. Each held many thousand sheets of tough, thin material, perforated with innumerable holes and slots. The Paladorian appropriated one of the cards and Alarkane recorded the scene together with some close-ups of the machines. Then they left. The great room, which had been one of the marvels of the world, meant nothing to them. No living eye would ever again see that wonderful battery of almost human Hollerith analyzers and the five thousand million punched cards holding all that could be recorded on each man, woman and child on the planet.
It was clear that this building had been used very recently. With growing excitement, the explorers hurried on to the next room. This they found to be an enormous library, for millions of books lay all around them on miles and miles of shelving. Here, though the explorers could not know it, were the records of all the laws that Man had ever passed, and all the speeches that had ever been made in his council chambers.
T’sinadree was deciding his plan of action, when Alarkane drew his attention to one of the racks a hundred yards away. It was half empty, unlike all the others. Around it books lay in a tumbled heap on the floor, as if knocked down by someone in frantic haste. The signs were unmistakable. Not long ago, other creatures had been this way. Faint wheel marks were clearly visible on the floor to the acute sense of Alarkane, though the others could see nothing. Alarkane could even detect footprints, but knowing nothing of the creatures that had formed them he could not say which way they led.
The sense of nearness was stronger than ever now, but it was nearness in time, not in space. Alarkane voiced the thoughts of the party.
“Those books must have been valuable, and someone has come to rescue them rather as an afterthought, I should say. That means there must be a place of refuge, possibly not very far away. Perhaps we may be able to find some other clues that will lead us to it.”
T’sinadree agreed; the Paladorian wasn’t enthusiastic.
“That may be so,” it said, “but the refuge may be anywhere on the planet, and we have just two hours left. Let us waste no more time if we hope to rescue these people.”
The party hurried forward once more, pausing only to collect a few books that might be useful to the scientists at Base though it was doubtful if they could ever be translated. They soon found that the great building was composed largely of small rooms, all showing signs of recent occupation. Most of them were in a neat and tidy condition, but one or two were very much the reverse. The explorers were particularly puzzled by one room clearly an office of some kind that appeared to have been completely wrecked. The floor was littered with papers, the furniture had been smashed, and smoke was pouring through the broken windows from the fires outside.
T’sinadree was rather alarmed.
“Surely no dangerous animal could have got into a place like this!” he exclaimed, fingering his paralyzer nervously.
Alarkane did not answer. He began to make that annoying sound which his race called “laughter.” It was several minutes before he would explain what had amused him.
“I don’t think any animal has done it,” he said. “In fact, the explanation is very simple. Suppose you had been working all your life in this room, dealing with endless papers, year after year. And suddenly, you are told that you will never see it again, that your work is finished, and that you can leave it forever. More than that no one will come after you. Everything is finished. How would you make your exit, T’sinadree?”
The other thought for a moment.
“Well, I suppose I’d just tidy things up and leave. That’s what seems to have happened in all the other rooms.”
Alarkane laughed again.
“I’m quite sure you would. But some individuals have a different psychology. I think I should have liked the creature that used this room.”
He did not explain himself further, and his two colleagues puzzled over his words for quite a while before they gave it up.
It came as something of a shock when Torkalee gave the order to return. They had gathered a great deal of information, but had found no clue that might lead them to the missing inhabitants of this world. That problem was as baffling as ever, and now it seemed that it would never be solved. There were only forty minutes left before the S9000 would be departing.
They were halfway back to the tender when they saw the semicircular passage leading down into the depths of the building. Its architectural style was quite different from that used elsewhere, and the gently sloping floor was an irresistible attraction to creatures whose many legs had grown weary of the marble staircases which only bipeds could have built in such profusion. T’sinadree had been the worst sufferer, for he normally employed twelve legs and could use twenty when he was in a hurry, though no one had ever seen him perform this feat.
The party stopped dead and looked down the passageway with a single thought. A tunnel, leading down into the depths of Earth! At its end, they might yet find the people of this world and rescue some of them from their fate. For there was still time to call the mother ship if the need arose.
T’sinadree signaled to his commander and Torkalee brought the little machine immediately overhead. There might not be time for the party to retrace its footsteps through the maze of passages, so meticulously recorded in the Paladorian mind that there was no possibility of going astray. If speed was necessary, Torkalee could blast his way through the dozen floors above their head. In any case, it should not take long to find what lay at the end of the passage.
It took only thirty seconds. The tunnel ended quite abruptly in a very curious cylindrical room with magnificently padded seats along the walls. There was no way out save that by which they had come and it was several seconds before the purpose of the chamber dawned on Alarkane’s mind. It was a pity, he thought, that they would never have time to use this. The thought was suddenly interrupted by a cry from T’sinadree. Alarkane wheeled around, and saw that the entrance had closed silently behind them.
Even in that first moment of panic, Alarkane found himself thinking with some admiration: Whoever they were, they knew how to build automatic machinery!
The Paladorian was the first to speak. It waved one of its tentacles toward the seats.
“We think it would be best to be seated,” it said. The multiplex mind of Palador had already analyzed the situation and knew what was coming.
They did not have long to wait before a low-pitched hum came from a grill overhead, and for the very last time in history a human, even if lifeless, voice was heard on Earth. The words were meaningless, though the trapped explorers could guess their message clearly enough.
“Choose your stations, please, and be seated.”
Simultaneously, a wall panel at one end of the compartment glowed with light. On it was a simple map, consisting of a series of a dozen circles connected by a line. Each of the circles had writing alongside it, and beside the writing were two buttons of different colors.
Alarkane looked questioningly at his leader.
“Don’t touch them,” said T’sinadree. “If we leave the controls alone, the doors may open again.”
He was wrong. The engineers who had designed the automatic subway had assumed that anyone who entered it would naturally wish to go somewhere. If they selected no intermediate station, their destination could only be the end of the line.
There was another pause while the relays and thyratrons waited for their orders. In those thirty seconds, if they had known what to do, the party could have opened the doors and left the subway. But they did not know, and the machines geared to a human psychology acted for them.
The surge of acceleration was not very great; the lavish upholstery was a luxury, not a necessity. Only an almost imperceptible vibration told of the speed at which they were traveling through the bowels of the earth, on a journey the duration of which they could not even guess. And in thirty minutes, the S9000 would be leaving the Solar System.
There was a long silence in the speeding machine. T’sinadree and Alarkane were thinking rapidly. So was the Paladorian, though in a different fashion. The conception of personal death was meaningless to it, for the destruction of a single unit meant no more to the group mind than the loss of a nail-paring to a man. But it could, though with great difficulty, appreciate the plight of individual intelligences such as Alarkane and T’sinadree, and it was anxious to help them if it could.
Alarkane had managed to contact Torkalee with his personal transmitter, though the signal was very weak and seemed to be fading quickly. Rapidly he explained the situation, and almost at once the signals became clearer. Torkalee was following the path of the machine, flying above the ground under which they were speeding to their unknown destination. That was the first indication they had of the fact that they were traveling at nearly a thousand miles an hour, and very soon after that Torkalee was able to give the still more disturbing news that they were rapidly approaching the sea. While they were beneath the land, there was a hope, though a slender one, that they might stop the machine and escape. But under the ocean not all the brains and the machinery in the great mother ship could save them. No one could have devised a more perfect trap.
T’sinadree had been examining the wall map with great attention. Its meaning was obvious, and along the line connecting the circles a tiny spot of light was crawling. It was already halfway to the first of the stations marked.
“I’m going to press one of those buttons,” said T’sinadree at last. “It won’t do any harm, and we may learn something.”
“I agree. Which will you try first?”
“There are only two kinds, and it won’t matter if we try the wrong one first. I suppose one is to start the machine and the other is to stop it.”
Alarkane was not very hopeful.
“It started without any button pressing,” he said. “I think it’s completely automatic and we can’t control it from here at all.”
T’sinadree could not agree.
“These buttons are clearly associated with the stations, and there’s no point in having them unless you can use them to stop yourself. The only question is, which is the right one?”
His analysis was perfectly correct. The machine could be stopped at any intermediate station. They had only been on their way ten minutes, and if they could leave now, no harm would have been done. It was just bad luck that T’sinadree’s first choice was the wrong button.
The little light on the map crawled slowly through the illuminated circle without checking its speed. And at the same time Torkalee called from the ship overhead.
“You have just passed underneath a city and are heading out to sea. There cannot be another stop for nearly a thousand miles.” * * *
Alveron had given up all hope of finding life on this world. The S9000 had roamed over half the planet, never staying long in one place, descending ever and again in an effort to attract attention. There had been no response; Earth seemed utterly dead. If any of its inhabitants were still alive, thought Alveron, they must have hidden themselves in its depths where no help could reach them, though their doom would be nonetheless certain.
Rugon brought news of the disaster. The great ship ceased its fruitless searching and fled back through the storm to the ocean above which Torkalee’s little tender was still following the track of the buried machine.
The scene was truly terrifying. Not since the days when Earth was born had there been such seas as this. Mountains of water were racing before the storm which had now reached velocities of many hundred miles an hour. Even at this distance from the mainland the air was full of flying debris trees, fragments of houses, sheets of metal, anything that had not been anchored to the ground. No airborne machine could have lived for a moment in such a gale. And ever and again even the roar of the wind was drowned as the vast water-mountains met head-on with a crash that seemed to shake the sky.
Fortunately, there had been no serious earthquakes yet. Far beneath the bed of the ocean, the wonderful piece of engineering which had been the World President’s private vacuum-subway was still working perfectly, unaffected by the tumult and destruction above. It would continue to work until the last minute of the Earth’s existence, which, if the astronomers were right, was not much more than fifteen minutes away though precisely how much more Alveron would have given a great deal to know. It would be nearly an hour before the trapped party could reach land and even the slightest hope of rescue.
Alveron’s instructions had been precise, though even without them he would never have dreamed of taking any risks with the great machine that had been entrusted to his care. Had he been human, the decision to abandon the trapped members of his crew would have been desperately hard to make. But he came of a race far more sensitive than Man, a race that so loved the things of the spirit that long ago, and with infinite reluctance, it had taken over control of the Universe since only thus could it be sure that justice was being done. Alveron would need all his superhuman gifts to carry him through the next few hours.
Meanwhile, a mile below the bed of the ocean Alarkane and T’sinadree were very busy indeed with their private communicators. Fifteen minutes is not a long time in which to wind up the affairs of a lifetime. It is indeed, scarcely long enough to dictate more than a few of those farewell messages which at such moments are so much more important than all other matters.
All the while the Paladorian had remained silent and motionless, saying not a word. The other two, resigned to their fate and engrossed in their personal affairs, had given it no thought. They were startled when suddenly it began to address them in its peculiarly passionless voice.
“We perceive that you are making certain arrangements concerning your anticipated destruction. That will probably be unnecessary. Captain Alveron hopes to rescue us if we can stop this machine when we reach land again.”
Both T’sinadree and Alarkane were too surprised to say anything for a moment. Then the latter gasped, “How do you know?”
It was a foolish question, for he remembered at once that there were several Paladorians if one could use the phrase in the S9000, and consequently their companion knew everything that was happening in the mother ship. So he did not wait for an answer but continued, “Alveron can’t do that! He daren’t take such a risk!”
“There will be no risk,” said the Paladorian. “We have told him what to do. It is really very simple.”
Alarkane and T’sinadree looked at their companion with something approaching awe, realizing now what must have happened. In moments of crisis, the single units comprising the Paladorian mind could link together in an organization no less close than that of any physical brain. At such moments they formed an intellect more powerful than any other in the Universe. All ordinary problems could be solved by a few hundred or thousand units. Very rarely, millions would be needed, and on two historic occasions the billions of cells of the entire Paladorian consciousness had been welded together to deal with emergencies that threatened the race. The mind of Palador was one of the greatest mental resources of the Universe; its full force was seldom required, but the knowledge that it was available was supremely comforting to other races. Alarkane wondered how many cells had coordinated to deal with this particular emergency. He also wondered how so trivial an incident had ever come to its attention.
To that question he was never to know the answer, though he might have guessed it had he known that the chillingly remote Paladorian mind possessed an almost human streak of vanity. Long ago, Alarkane had written a book trying to prove that eventually all intelligent races would sacrifice individual consciousness and that one day only group-minds would remain in the Universe. Palador, he had said, was the first of those ultimate intellects, and the vast, dispersed mind had not been displeased.
They had no time to ask any further questions before Alveron himself began to speak through their communicators.
“Alveron calling! We’re staying on this planet until the detonation waves reach it, so we may be able to rescue you. You’re heading toward a city on the coast which you’ll reach in forty minutes at your present speed. If you cannot stop yourselves then, we’re going to blast the tunnel behind and ahead of you to cut off your power. Then we’ll sink a shaft to get you out the chief engineer says he can do it in five minutes with the main projectors. So you should be safe within an hour, unless the sun blows up before.”
“And if that happens, you’ll be destroyed as well! You mustn’t take such a risk!”
“Don’t let that worry you; we’re perfectly safe. When the sun detonates, the explosion wave will take several minutes to rise to its maximum. But apart from that, we’re on the night side of the planet, behind an eight-thousand-mile screen of rock. When the first warning of the explosion comes, we will accelerate out of the Solar System, keeping in the shadow of the planet. Under our maximum drive, we will reach the velocity of light before leaving the cone of shadow, and the sun cannot harm us then.”
T’sinadree was still afraid to hope. Another objection came at once into his mind.
“Yes, but how will you get any warning, here on the night side of the planet?”
“Very easily,” replied Alveron. “This world has a moon which is now visible from this hemisphere. We have telescopes trained on it. If it shows any sudden increase in brilliance, our main drive goes on automatically and we’ll be thrown out of the system.”
The logic was flawless. Alveron, cautious as ever, was taking no chances. It would be many minutes before the eight-thousand-mile shield of rock and metal could be destroyed by the fires of the exploding sun. In that time, the S9000 could have reached the safety of the velocity of light.
Alarkane pressed the second button when they were still several miles from the coast. He did not expect anything to happen then, assuming that the machine could not stop between stations. It seemed too good to be true when, a few minutes later, the machine’s slight vibration died away and they came to a halt.
The doors slid silently apart. Even before they were fully open, the three had left the compartment. They were taking no more chances. Before them a long tunnel stretched into the distance, rising slowly out of sight. They were starting along it when suddenly Alveron’s voice called from the communicators.
“Stay where you are! We’re going to blast!”
The ground shuddered once, and far ahead there came the rumble of falling rock. Again the earth shook and a hundred yards ahead the passageway vanished abruptly. A tremendous vertical shaft had been cut clean through it.
The party hurried forward again until they came to the end of the corridor and stood waiting on its lip. The shaft in which it ended was a full thousand feet across and descended into the earth as far as the torches could throw their beams. Overhead, the storm clouds fled beneath a moon that no man would have recognized, so luridly brilliant was its disk. And, most glorious of all sights, the S9000 floated high above, the great projectors that had drilled this enormous pit still glowing cherry red.
A dark shape detached itself from the mother ship and dropped swiftly toward the ground. Torkalee was returning to collect his friends. A little later, Alveron greeted them in the control room. He waved to the great vision screen and said quietly, “See, we were barely in time.”
The continent below them was slowly settling beneath the mile-high waves that were attacking its coasts. The last that anyone was ever to see of Earth was a great plain, bathed with the silver light of the abnormally brilliant moon. Across its face the waters were pouring in a glittering flood toward a distant range of mountains. The sea had won its final victory, but its triumph would be short-lived for soon sea and land would be no more. Even as the silent party in the control room watched the destruction below, the infinitely greater catastrophe to which this was only the prelude came swiftly upon them.
It was as though dawn had broken suddenly over this moonlit landscape. But it was not dawn: it was only the moon, shining with the brilliance of a second sun. For perhaps thirty seconds that awesome, unnatural light burnt fiercely on the doomed land beneath. Then there came a sudden flashing of indicator lights across the control board. The main drive was on. For a second Alveron glanced at the indicators and checked their information. When he looked again at the screen, Earth was gone.
The magnificent, desperately overstrained generators quietly died when the S9000 was passing the orbit of Persephone. It did not matter, the sun could never harm them now, and although the ship was speeding helplessly out into the lonely night of interstellar space, it would only be a matter of days before rescue came.
There was irony in that. A day ago, they had been the rescuers, going to the aid of a race that now no longer existed. Not for the first time Alveron wondered about the world that had just perished. He tried, in vain, to picture it as it had been in its glory, the streets of its cities thronged with life. Primitive though its people had been, they might have offered much to the Universe. If only they could have made contact! Regret was useless; long before their coming, the people of this world must have buried themselves in its iron heart. And now they and their civilization would remain a mystery for the rest of time.
Alveron was glad when his thoughts were interrupted by Rugon’s entrance. The chief of communications had been very busy ever since the take-off, trying to analyze the programs radiated by the transmitter Orostron had discovered. The problem was not a difficult one, but it demanded the construction of special equipment, and that had taken time.
“Well, what have you found?” asked Alveron.
“Quite a lot,” replied his friend. “There’s something mysterious here, and I don’t understand it.
“It didn’t take long to find how the vision transmissions were built up, and we’ve been able to convert them to suit our own equipment. It seems that there were cameras all over the planet, surveying points of interest. Some of them were apparently in cities, on the tops of very high buildings. The cameras were rotating continuously to give panoramic views. In the programs we’ve recorded there are about twenty different scenes.
“In addition, there are a number of transmissions of a different kind, neither sound nor vision. They seem to be purely scientific possibly instrument readings or something of that sort. All these programs were going out simultaneously on different frequency bands.
“Now there must be a reason for all this. Orostron still thinks that the station simply wasn’t switched off when it was deserted. But these aren’t the sort of programs such a station would normally radiate at all. It was certainly used for interplanetary -relaying Klarten was quite right there. So these people must have crossed space, since none of the other planets had any life at the time of the last survey. Don’t you agree?”
Alveron was following intently.
“Yes, that seems reasonable enough. But it’s also certain that the beam was pointing to none of the other planets. I checked that myself.”
“I know,” said Rugon. “What I want to discover is why a giant interplanetary relay station is busily transmitting pictures of a world about to be destroyed pictures that would be of immense interest to scientists and astronomers. Someone had gone to a lot of trouble to arrange all those panoramic cameras. I am convinced that those beams were going somewhere.”
Alveron started up.
“Do you imagine that there might be an outer planet that hasn’t been reported?” he asked. “If so, your theory’s certainly wrong. The beam wasn’t even pointing in the plane of the Solar System. And even if it were just look at this.”
He switched on the vision screen and adjusted the controls. Against the velvet curtain of space was hanging a blue-white sphere, apparently composed of many concentric shells of incandescent gas. Even though its immense distance made all movement invisible, it was clearly expanding at an enormous rate. At its center was a blinding point of light the white dwarf star that the sun had now become.
“You probably don’t realize just how big that sphere is,” said Alveron. “Look at this.”
He increased the magnification until only the center portion of the nova was visible. Close to its heart were two minute condensations, one on either side of the nucleus.
“Those are the two giant planets of the system. They have still managed to retain their existence after a fashion. And they were several hundred million miles from the sun. The nova is still expanding but it’s already twice the size of the Solar System.”
Rugon was silent for a moment.
“Perhaps you’re right,” he said, rather grudgingly. “You’ve disposed of my first theory. But you still haven’t satisfied me.”
He made several swift circuits of the room before speaking again. Alveron waited patiently. He knew the almost intuitive powers of his friend, who could often solve a problem when mere logic seemed insufficient.
Then, rather slowly, Rugon began to speak again.
“What do you think of this?” he said. “Suppose we’ve completely underestimated this people? Orostron did it once he thought they could never have crossed space, since they’d only known radio for two centuries. Hansur II told me that. Well, Orostron was quite wrong. Perhaps we’re all wrong. I’ve had a look at the material that Klarten brought back from the transmitter. He wasn’t impressed by what he found, but it’s a marvelous achievement for so short a time. There were devices in that station that belonged to civilizations thousands of years older. Alveron, can we follow that beam to see where it leads?”
Alveron said nothing for a full minute. He had been more than half expecting the question, but it was not an easy one to answer. The main generators had gone completely. There was no point in trying to repair them. But there was still power available, and while there was power, anything could be done in time. It would mean a lot of improvisation, and some difficult maneuvers, for the ship still had its enormous initial velocity. Yes, it could be done, and the activity would keep the crew from becoming further depressed, now that the reaction caused by the mission’s failure had started to set in. The news that the nearest heavy repair ship could not reach them for three weeks had also caused a slump in morale.
The engineers, as usual, made a tremendous fuss. Again as usual, they did the job in half the time they had dismissed as being absolutely impossible. Very slowly, over many hours, the great ship began to discard the speed its main drive had given it in as many minutes. In a tremendous curve, millions of miles in radius, the S9000 changed its course and the star fields shifted round it.
The maneuver took three days, but at the end of that time the ship was limping along a course parallel to the beam that had once come from Earth. They were heading out into emptiness, the blazing sphere that had been the sun dwindling slowly behind them. By the standards of interstellar flight, they were almost stationary.
For hours Rugon strained over his instruments, driving his detector beams far ahead into space. There were certainly no planets within many light-years; there was no doubt of that. From time to time Alveron came to see him and always he had to give the same reply: “Nothing to report.” About a fifth of the time Rugon’s intuition let him down badly; he began to wonder if this was such an occasion.
Not until a week later did the needles of the mass-detectors quiver feebly at the ends of their scales. But Rugon said nothing, not even to his captain. He waited until he was sure, and he went on waiting until even the short-range scanners began to react, and to build up the first faint pictures on the vision screen. Still he waited patiently until he could interpret the images. Then, when he knew that his wildest fancy was even less than the truth, he called his colleagues into the control room.
The picture on the vision screen was the familiar one of endless star fields, sun beyond sun to the very limits of the Universe. Near the center of the screen a distant nebula made a patch of haze that was difficult for the eye to grasp.
Rugon increased the magnification. The stars flowed out of the field; the little nebula expanded until it filled the screen and then it was a nebula no longer. A simultaneous gasp of amazement came from all the company at the sight that lay before them.
Lying across league after league of space, ranged in a vast three-dimensional array of rows and columns with the precision of a marching army, were thousands of tiny pencils of light. They were moving swiftly; the whole immense lattice holding its shape as a single unit. Even as Alveron and his comrades watched, the formation began to drift off the screen and Rugon had to recenter the controls.
After a long pause, Rugon started to speak.
“This is the race,” he said softly, “that has known radio for only two centuries the race that we believed had crept to die in the heart of its planet. I have examined those images under the highest possible magnification.
“That is the greatest fleet of which there has ever been a record. Each of those points of light represents a ship larger than our own. Of course, they are very primitive what you see on the screen are the jets of their rockets. Yes, they dared to use rockets to bridge interstellar space! You realize what that means. It would take them centuries to reach the nearest star. The whole race must have embarked on this journey in the hope that its descendants would complete it, generations later.
“To measure the extent of their accomplishment, think of the ages it took us to conquer space, and the longer ages still before we attempted to reach the stars. Even if we were threatened with annihilation, could we have done so much in so short a time? Remember, this is the youngest civilization in the Universe. Four hundred thousand years ago it did not even exist. What will it be a million years from now?”
An hour later, Orostron left the crippled mother ship to make contact with the great fleet ahead. As the little torpedo disappeared among the stars, Alveron turned to his friend and made a remark that Rugon was often to remember in the years ahead.
“I wonder what they’ll be like?” he mused. “Will they be nothing but wonderful engineers, with no art or philosophy? They’re going to have such a surprise when Orostron reaches them I expect it will be rather a blow to their pride. It’s funny how all isolated races think they’re the only people in the Universe. But they should be grateful to us; we’re going to save them a good many hundred years of travel.”
Alveron glanced at the Milky Way, lying like a veil of silver mist across the vision screen. He waved toward it with a sweep of a tentacle that embraced the whole circle of the galaxy, from the Central Planets to the lonely suns of the Rim.
“You know,” he said to Rugon, “I feel rather afraid of these people. Suppose they don’t like our little Federation?” He waved once more toward the star-clouds that lay massed across the screen, glowing with the light of their countless suns.
“Something tells me they’ll be very determined people,” he added. “We had better be polite to them. After all, we only outnumber them about a thousand million to one.”
Rugon laughed at his captain’s little joke.
Twenty years afterward, the remark didn’t seem funny.
The End
Do you want more?
I have more posts in my fictional story index here…
You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.
Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.
I have been so caught up with the amazing and unique situation with the COVID-19 virus that I have neglected my MAJestic work. This is one of those anomalies that you find from time to time and that looks like a spaceship, a space-station, or some kind of science-fictional mechanism.
Back in my home town we had a saying;
If it looks like a duck. Talks like a duck. Waddles like a duck. Squawks like a duck. Has duck feet. And quacks like a duck...
... it's a duck.
It looks like one of the NASA orbiting observatories has captured the image of a large ringed space-station close to the sun.
This is an interesting and perplexing find.
On February 29, a strange, circular craft was caught on film by the Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory (STEREO).
This circular craft looks a lot like the circular space station in the classic sci-fi epic 2001: A Space Odyssey:
Here’s a picture of the object on the Stereo Science Center (SSC) webpage (LINK):
And here’s a close up of the object.
The argument is that is something easily misunderstood. Like a fleck of dust on the imaging apparatus, a glitch in the data stream, or reflective imaging irregularities. The notice on the web page describes this as…
PLASTIC suffered a high voltage anomaly on December 5. The instrument is in the process of being recovered to full operating mode, which is expected to take several days. Until this process is completed, PLASTIC data should be considered as untrustworthy.
Meanwhile, the age-old saying comes to mind…
If it looks like a duck. Talks like a duck. Waddles like a duck. Squawks like a duck. Has duck feet. And quacks like a duck...
... it's a duck.
Conclusion
It looks like a ringed space-station. It is unlikely that it was made by humans, staffed by humans, or near the sun for human interests of any type. That’s all that I can say.
I hope that you found this tiny post interesting. If you want more, I have posts in both the OOPART and MAJestic Indexes. Here…
You’ll not find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you because I just don’t care to.
Please kindly help me out in this effort. There is a lot of effort that goes into this disclosure. I could use all the financial support that anyone could provide. Thank you very much.
During the operation of the “Stargate Project“, remote viewers were used to collect military intelligence via non-invasive ESP methods. In doing so, they were often quite successful, and came up with some astounding discoveries.
Often when conducting these viewing operations, the assignment would included mixed and random targets. These were used to keep the remote viewing exercises open, flexible and alive. If they failed to do this, the remote viewing staff would become exhausted and their ability to remote view would dramatically decrease. (As what happened during the Iranian hostage situation under President Jimmy Carter.)
The random targets would contain known and unknown subjects. The known targets were useful to check the accuracy of the sighting trajectory. The unknown targets were designed to create and stimulate interest and engage the remote viewers.
One such “unknown” target was the remote viewing of Mars in the remote past.
Disclaimer
While I was a member of MAJestic from 1981 through into 2006, my involvement was related to other subjects and other agendas. I did not conduct any kind of remote viewing, work with any kind of remote viewers, or had anything to do with the CIA at any level.
This information is provided as reported, and the only thing that I can provide is my comments on it at the end of the narrative report.
Sealed envelope coupled with geographic coordinates.
The remote viewing activity was conducted in double and triple blind tests. The remote viewers had zero knowledge of what would be asked of them, or what the subject would be that they were to remote view.
The sealed envelope was given to the subject immediately prior to the interview. The envelope was not opened until after the interview. In the envelope was a 3 X 5 card with the following information:
The planet Mars.
Time of interest approximately 1 million years B.C.
Selected geographic coordinates, provided by the parties requesting the information were verbally given to the subject during the interview.
TRANSCRIPT May 22, 1984
MON: (ROJ for 5/22 (May 22nd), time 10:09 AM.)*
(Plus 10 minutes, ready to start.)*
Remote Viewing the “Face of Mars”
Of course, at all times, the subject was not informed of the targets. He was unaware that he was remote viewing the "face on Mars" anomaly.
MON: All right now, using the information in the envelope I’ve provided, exclusively focusing your attention now, using the information in the envelope, focus on:
40.89 degrees north
9.55 degrees west
This object is the "famous" "Mar's Face" of the giant "face of Mars". You can find out more about this geologic feature, or mountain on Wikipedia;
The Face on Mars refers to a photo of a feature that looks like a human face on the surface of the planet Mars, specifically in the area of Cydonia Mensae, an area of Mars adjacent to the border between the Northern lowlands and the Western Arabia Terra. The mensae are characterized by knobs and mesas (mensae is the plural of mensa, which means table). It was first discovered by the Viking 1 orbiter.
Project scientist Harold Masursky joked about it that "This is the guy that built all of Lowell’s canals." NASA released the photo to the public and pointed out this cool trick of light, shadows, and low-resolution orbital photography.
However, true believers know that the feature was actually built by aliens and that NASA has been trying to cover that up (NASA's mission to search for evidence of extraterrestrial life or civilizations is actually a lie orchestrated by Reptoids).
One of the most persistent supporters of this delusion is Richard C. Hoagland. Hoagland won the 1997 Ig Nobel Prize in Astronomy for his book The Monuments of Mars: A City on the Edge of Forever.
In the years since the first image, high resolution photographs with shadows falling in other directions have shown the idea of a "face" to be false. Over 40 years, resolution of the imagery has steadily improved from 44.7 m/px to 0.25 m/px.
SUB: …… I want to say it looks like ah
SUB: …. I don’t know, it sort of looks …
SUB: …. I kind of got an oblique view of a ah …. pyramid or pyramid form. It’s very high, it’s kind of sitting in a …. large depressed area.
MON: All right.
SUB: It’s yellowish, ah …. okra colored.
This "face on Mars" was identified as a yellowish colored geologic mountain that has a pyramidal form that sits within a large depressed area. In no way, did the subject identify it as artificial, shaped or resembling a face in any way.
So while the rest of the world were all speculating about “aliens” on Mars, the CIA, through the “Stargate Program”, knew the truth.
The so called "Face on Mars" can be seen slightly above center and to the right in this THEMIS visible image. This 3-km long knob, located near 10°N, 40°W (320°E), was first imaged by the Viking spacecraft in the 1970's and was seen by some to resemble a face carved into the rocks of Mars.
Since that time the Mars Orbiter Camera on the Mars Global Surveyor spacecraft has provided detailed views of this hill that clearly show that it is a normal geologic feature with slopes and ridges carved by eons of wind and down slope motion due to gravity.
-NASA JPL
Mars – One million years ago.
MON: All right.
MON: Move in time to the time indicated in the envelope I’ve provided you and describe what’s happening.
SUB: I’m tracking severe, severe clouds, more like dust storm, ah …. it’s geologic problem.
SUB: Seems to be like a ah …. …Just a minute, I’ve got to iron this out. It’s really weird.
MON: Just report your raw perceptions at this time,
you’re still early in the session.
SUB: I’m looking at, at a …. after effect of a major geologic problem.
One million years ago on Mars is the target time period.
We assume that Mars was created with the Earth during the formation of the solar system. Therefore this time track would indicate a period of time roughly one million years ago. This is relatively recent.
Our solar system is 4 - 5 billion years old.
All the dinosaurs were extinct, and the Earth was populated by mammals. Proto-humans were walking about on the earth. About 1 to 3 million years ago and we saw the evolution of the earliest hominids including Sahelanthropus and Australopithecus.
Yet, most of the earth would be unpopulated by native intelligent humanoids.
As far as we know, Mars would be much as it appears today. However, we have no idea what it was like over the years.
MON: Okay, go back to the time before the geologic problem.
SUB: ….. Um, total difference, it’s ah ….
SUB: …. before there’s no ah …. ah I don’t know,…. oh hell, it’s like mountains of dirt….
SUB: …. appear and then disappear when you go before.
SUB: See ah …. large flat surfaces, very ah ….smooth …. angles, walls, they’re really large though, I mean they’re megalithic, ah ….
The subject reports that Mars experienced some kind of geologic problem around one million years ago (or so). When asked to remote view to a time preceding this "event", Mars is quite different... but still has mountains of dirt and broad expanses.
MON: All right.
MON: At this period in time now before the geologic activity, look around, in and around this area and see if you can find any activity.
SUB: …. I’m seeing ah ….
SUB: It’s like a perception of a shadow of people, very tall …. thin, it’s only a shadow.
SUB: It’s as if they were there and they’re not, not there anymore.
This is where there are all kinds of confusion.
It is LIKE shadows of people.
It is LIKE someone was there and now they are not.
There are many who interpret this as a civilization that had existed on the surface of Mars at some time, and that it was wiped out by a geologic event around one million years ago.
This interpretation is NOT correct.
The subject is giving his impressions. His impressions are that there was a presence of sorts. Some kind of influence of sorts. But it is gone.
MON: Go back to a period of time where theyare there …
The monitor is referring to the shadows as if they were actual people, or intelligent beings. This is a mistake, and threw the entire session awry.
The subject now has a difficult time "locking on" to the events transpiring.
SUB: …. Um …. (mumble) It’s like I get a lot of static on a line and everything…
… it’s breaking up all the time…
… very fragmentary pieces.
The subject is now confused and nothing is making sense. The monitor threw off the entire session.
The subject is now trying to scan and sort things out for a "best fit" understanding...
MON: Just report the raw data, don’t try to put things together, just report the raw data.
Now the subject has latched on the "best fit" situation that closely approximates the input provided to him...
He is trying to identify the source of the "influence" he detected.
We do not know what that influence was.
SUB: I just keep seeing very large people, thin and tall, but they’re very large.
SUB: Some kind of strange clothes. They appear Ah …. wearing.
We do not know what the subject is viewing.
It is the "best fit" events as provided by the input. The monitor is still moving forward on the belief that this is a time period of around one million years ago on Mars.
However, it could be any time and any place.
The subject is reporting on a species that left an "influence" on Mars one million years ago that preceded a geologic event.
Geographical Location – same time.
MON: All right, now holding in this time period, holding in this time period, I want to move from your physical location in space to another physical location, but in this time period.
Another mistake by the monitor; the subject is holding on to the time and place of the "best fit" situational vision. Not what he thinks it would be...
Move now to:
46.45 north
353.22 east
The monitor is giving geographic coordinates that is Mars, but not labeled as such. It could be anywhere. As we do not know where the subject is at this time.
Move in this time to:
46.45 north
353.22 east
SUB: …. Deep inside of a cavern, not a cavern, more like canyon.
SUB: Um, I’m looking up, up the sides of a steep wall that seem to go on forever.
SUB: And there’s like ah …. a structure with a …. it’s like the wall of the canyon itself has been carved.
Again I’m getting a very large structures, no …. ah …. no intricacies, huge sections of smooth stone.
Again, we do not know where the subject is.
He is describing some kind of canyon or cavern. It's very large. With large enormous sections of smooth unadorned surfaces.
At no point in time does he describe people, creatures or habitations.
MON: Do the structures have insides and outsides?
SUB: …. Yes, they’re very, it’s like a rabbit warren, corners of rooms, they’re really huge, I don’t, feel like I’m standing in one it’s just really huge. Perception is that the ceiling is very high, walls very wide.
Subject is describing a large maze like region. All very large and huge.
At no point in time does he describe people, creatures or habitations.
Yet, many on the internet has mistakenly taken the discussion of "tall beings" and the reference to "warrens" to represent some kind of extraterrestrial species or race on Mars. This is incorrect.
(Real time plus 22 minutes.)*
MON: Yes that would be correct.
The monitor confirms to the subject that he is indeed remote viewing the target coordinates correctly.
Geologic feature.
MON: All right, I’d like to move now to another location nearby. All right, move from this point in this time to:
45.86 north
354.1 east
SUB: They have a ah …. appears to be the end of a very large road and there’s a …. marker thing that’s very large, keep getting Washington Monument overlay, it’s like an …. obelisk.
The subject correctly described the object in the target coordinates on Mars.
Geologic Feature.
MON: All right. From this point then, let us move to another point. Move now to:
35.26 north
213.24 east
Move in this time to:
35.26 north
213.24 east
SUB: …. It’s like I’m in the middle of a …. huge circular basin …. of the range mountains by almost all the way around, …. very ragged, ragged mountains, very tall.
SUB: Basin’s very, very, very large. Scale seems to be off or something it’s just really big, everything’s big.
MON: I understand the problem
just continue.
SUB: …. See just a right angle corner to something but that’s all, I don’t see anything else.
No indication of anything of interest.
This description is also accurate.
The monitor is providing coordinates and having the subject describe them. When they match, the monitor moves on to the next group of coordinates. All of which pretty much match the descriptions of the Mars that we view today.
Geologic Location.
MON: Okay. Then let’s move into a little different place, very close. Move from the point you are now, in this time, to:
34.6 north
213.09 east
Move now in this time to:
34.6 north
213.09 east
SUB: The cluster of squares up and down. Um..
SUB: … it’s like you want to make them square anyway. They’re almost flush with the ground and it’s like they’re connected ….
SUB: …. Something very white or reflects light.
MON: What’s
your position of observation as you look at this thing that reflects light?
SUB: I’m amid ah …. oblique left angle, sun is ah… sun is weird.
Again, the subject correctly describes the geographic region as observed on the surface of Mars.
Geologic Location.
MON: Look back down at the ground now, and we’re going to move just a little bit from this place, just a little bit from this place.
34.57 north
212.22 east
MON: Very close by. Now, move over now to:
34.57 north
212.22 east
SUB: It’s like I can just perceive ah …. ah …. like a radiating pattern of some kind.
SUB: It’s like some really …. ah …. strange intersecting kind of roads that are dug into valleys, you know, where a road is just a little below the edge.
MON: Tell me about the shapes
of these things.
SUB: …. They’re like real neat channels cut, they’re very deep, it’s like the road went down ….
MON: Okay. Now I have, I notice electrically you’re nulled out a little bit and I want you to stay deep and recapture your focus here.
The monitoring of the subject by medical means has indicated that there is a change in state of the subject. The monitor is telling him of that situation and asking him to keep his focus.
Geologic location.
SUB: It’s really tough, it’s seems like it’s just always very sporadic.
MON: I realize that, it’s very important that you maintain your focus. I have a movement exercise again for you and this is some considerable distance away, so holding the focus in time, remember the focus in time that you had before and moving now to:
15 degrees north
198 degrees east
MON: Take some time and get back deep.
SUB: See the …. um, intersecting ah …. whatever these are, are aqueduct type things
SUB: … these…. rounded bottom carved channels, like road beds.
SUB: See ah …. see pointed tops of something on the horizon. Even the horizon looks funny and weird, it’s like ah …. different …. misty, like it’s really far away …. very vague.
Geologic Location.
MON: Okay. Another movement now to:
80 degrees south, 80 degrees south
64 degrees east, 64 degrees east
MON: Move now in this time to:
80 degrees south
64 degrees east.
SUB: See pyramids …. Can’t tell if it’s overlay or not ’cause they’re different.
Pyramid like structures are what is actually identified at this geographic location by photographs. So the subject correctly identified the area.
This correct identification of geographic locations on Mars is consistent with all the earlier target coordinates.
MON: Okay. Do these pyramids have insides and outsides?
Subject states that the pyramids have insides and outsides. This is suggestive of buildings, or structures.
SUB: It’s an interesting perception I’m….
MON: (I think that he’s losing his ability to move accurately, but he is attracted to things that are interesting, so we’re going to go with his own, we’re going to let him go ahead and explore
what seems to be interesting to him rather than move on the targets indicated here.)*
The structures...
SUB: It’s filtered from storms or something.
MON: Say that again, SUB.
SUB: They’re like shelters from storms.
MON: These structures you’re seeing?
SUB: Yes. They’re designed for that.
Discovery. The pyramidal structures are shelters.
MON: All right. Go inside one of these and find some activity to tell me about.
(Plus 37 minutes real time.)*
SUB: Different chambers, … but they’re almost stripped of any kind of …. furnishings or anything…
SUB: …. it’s like ah …. strictly functional place for sleeping or that’s not a good word, hibernation’s, some form, I can’t…
SUB: …. I get real raw inputs, storms, savage storm, and sleeping through storms.
MON: Tell me about the ones who sleep through the storms.
SUB: …. Ah …. very …. tall again, very large …. people, but they’re thin, they look thin because of their height and they dress like in, oh hell, it’s like a real light silk, but it’s not flowing type of clothing, it’s like cut to fit.
The inhabitants of the pyramidal shelters are tall humanoids.
MON: Move close to one of them and ask them to tell you about themselves.
SUB: They’re ancient people. They’re ah ….. they’re dying, it’s past their time or age.
MON: Tell me about this.
SUB: They’re very philosophic about it. They’re looking for ah …. a way to survive and they just can’t.
(Plus 40 minutes, definite voltage reversal.)*
SUB: Can’t seem to get their way out, they can’t seem to find their way out, …. so they’re hanging on while they look or wait for something to return or something coming with the answer ….
MON: What is it they’re waiting for?
SUB: …. They’re ah …. evidently was a …. a group or a party of them that went to find ah …. new place to live.
They are in a shelter waiting to leave the planet.
SUB: It’s like I’m getting all kinds of overwhelming input of the …. corruption of their environment.
SUB: It’s failing very rapidly and this group went somewhere, like a long way to find another place to live.
MON: What was the cause of the atmospheric disturbance or the environment disturbance?
SUB: I see a picture of a, picture of like a, oh hell, it’s almost a warp in a, oh god, this is difficult. It’s like going, let’s see—
MON: The raw data?
SUB: Oh, I get a globe …. ah …. it’s like a globe that goes through a comet’s tail or …. it’s through a river of something, but it’s all very cosmic. It’s like space pictures.
Some kind of galactic or planetary event within the solar system.
MON: All right, now before you leave this individual, ask him if there is any way that you, ask him if he knows who you are and is there any way you can help him in his present predicament?
SUB: …. All I get is wait.
SUB: Doesn’t know who I am. a hallucination or something. …. that they must just Think he perceives I’m ….
MON: Okay, when the others left, these people
are waiting, when the others
left, how did they go?
SUB: …. Get an impression of ah …. Don’t know what the hell it is. It looks like the inside of a larger boat. Very rounded walls and shiny metal.
Spaceship. Very functional.
MON: Go along with them on their journey and find out where it is they go ….
SUB: …. Impression of a really crazy place with volcanoes and gas pockets and strange plants, very volatile place, it’s very much like going from the frying pan into the fire.
Sounds like Earth in upheaval.
SUB: Difference is there seems to be a lot of vegetation where the other place did not have it. And different kind of storm.
Sounds like Earth in upheaval.
MON: All right it’s time to come back now to the sound of my voice into present time to right now the 22nd of May 1984, the sound of my voice. Move now back to the room, back to the sound of my voice, back further now to the sound of my voice on the 22nd of May 1984.
END OF INTERVIEW
NOTE: ()* Indicates monitor comment recorded but not heard by the subject.
Approved For Release 2000/d8/08 : CIA-RDP96-00788R001900760001-9
Commentary
While the first object that is remote viewed is the (so called) face on Mars, much of the remote viewing activity described easily verifiable objects and geographical landmarks on the surface of Mars. Each time a coordinate was provided, the subject correctly viewed it and described it.
The “face” was CIA confirmed in 1984 to be an ordinary mountain. This wasn’t publicly confirmed by NASA until 2002.
40.89 degrees north, 9.55 degrees west (Face on Mars.)
46.45 north, 353.22 east (Geologic maze.)
45.86 north, 354.1 east (Obelisk like feature.)
35.26 north, 213.24 east (Crater surrounded by mountains.)
34.6 north, 213.09 east (Cluster of square geologic features.)
34.57 north, 212.22 east (Radiating channels.)
15 degrees north, 198 degrees east (Aqueduct like things.)
80 degrees south, 64 degrees east. (Pyramids)
This entire remote viewing event is interesting.
Aside from confirming that the remote viewer has accurately described eight (x8) separate geologic and topographic features on Mars by cartesian coordinates alone, but he also confirms that the nonsense about a “face on Mars” is false.
However, there are somethings that are really interesting about this session;
A cataclysmic event took place on Mars about one million years ago.
The presence of a tall, thin species, living inside shelters, waiting to leave the planet.
Transport of the tall species to another world that is very different.
I cannot confirm whether this remote viewing of an alien species is accurate.
Certainly the idea that an indigenous advanced race of creatures had a civilization on Mars that perished during a cataclysmic event is a bit of a stretch, though it makes for fine Science Fiction adventure. It was the kind of things that I enjoyed watching as a boy.
It’s fun to speculate on the impressions made by remote viewers. As such, it is really easy to get “carried away” and embrace ideas of an indigenously inhabited Mars that destroyed itself (or was destroyed) with the inhabitants fleeing to earth.
From my understanding, Mars has been a pretty bare planet for the last few billion years or so. Mars is a bleak, desert-like planet that is also very heavily cratered. There are huge volcanoes, global dust storms, and great sand dune fields. In addition, what look like dry river beds abound on the planet. While it did have a rather thick atmosphere that enveloped the planet in the first billion or so years of it’s existence, that gradually evaporated away to a rather destitute surface terrain that we see today. What we see today is pretty much how Mars looked for the last handful of millions of years.
It is possible that non-indigenous species somehow got stranded on Mars during a cataclysmic event. There are numerous species that could fit this description.
As such, in my mind, it is not unrealistic to consider the possibility of a [1] large global cataclysmic event on Mars [2] one million years ago, that [3] affected any extraterrestrial colonies present on the planet at that time. As such, the inhabitants would need to [4] create shelter, and then await [5] egress from the hostile environment. The shelter would be bare and functionally bleak, and the inhabitants would spend their time waiting to escape.
Therefore, it is not unrealistic (if not popular) to embrace the possibility that one of the older extraterrestrial colonies (and facilities) needed to be evacuated when Mars went through geologic changes around one million years ago.
If you enjoyed this, you might find pleasure in other articles in the OOPARTS section…
You’ll not
find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy
notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a
necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money
off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you
because I just don’t care to.
Mars has life. It has both indigenous life, and non-indigenous life. The vast majority of the planet has naturally evolved microbial life that has survived in the harsh Martian environment. This fact was discovered by NASA in the 1970s and the administration intentionally suppressed this knowledge and discovery. The thing is, life evolves naturally and easily in this universe. Here we discuss this issue.
Ah. It's not just Mars even.There are more than a few places in our solar system that harbors life. Nothing that looks like us, mind you, but life never the less.
Yup, back in the 70’s, life outside the Earth was considered life-shattering, and religion-ending. So it was suppressed. Done so by mediocre people with the best of intentions in positions of power where they did not belong.
Now, things are changing, and people are speaking out.
Like the scientists and researchers who thumbed their noses at the FDA for banning BT-141, to the outrage that "experts" were permitted to change the tomato into a cardboard box. People are striking back at all these numbskulls in power.
This article is presented directed as published. All links and text are provided without alteration. I added headings to make it easier to follow and read. I also reduced all the bold formatting to make it easier to read. After all, high-lighting an entire text book turns the pages yellow, but fails to point out the significant passage summaries.
I urge all readers to click on the link as a kind acknowledgement to the fine folks at Scientific American for publishing this piece.
On July 30, 1976, the LR returned its initial results from Mars.
Amazingly, they were positive. As the experiment progressed, a total of four positive results, supported by five varied controls, streamed down from the twin Viking spacecraft landed some 4,000 miles apart. The data curves signaled the detection of microbial respiration on the Red Planet. The curves from Mars were similar to those produced by LR tests of soils on Earth. It seemed we had answered that ultimate question.
When the Viking Molecular Analysis Experiment failed to detect organic matter, the essence of life, however, NASA concluded that the LR had found a substance mimicking life, but not life. Inexplicably, over the 43 years since Viking, none of NASA’s subsequent Mars landers has carried a life detection instrument to follow up on these exciting results. Instead the agency launched a series of missions to Mars to determine whether there was ever a habitat suitable for life and, if so, eventually to bring samples to Earth for biological examination.
Background & Testing Methodology
NASA maintains the search for alien life among its highest priorities. On February 13, 2019, NASA Administrator Jim Bridenstine said we might find microbial life on Mars. Our nation has now committed to sending astronauts to Mars. Any life there might threaten them, and us upon their return. Thus, the issue of life on Mars is now front and center.
Life on Mars seemed a long shot. On the other hand, it would take a near miracle for Mars to be sterile. NASA scientist Chris McKay once said that Mars and Earth have been “swapping spit” for billions of years, meaning that, when either planet is hit by comets or large meteorites, some ejecta shoot into space. A tiny fraction of this material eventually lands on the other planet, perhaps infecting it with microbiological hitch-hikers. That some Earth microbial species could survive the Martian environment has been demonstrated in many laboratories. There are even reports of the survival of microorganisms exposed to naked space outside the International Space Station (ISS).
NASA’s reservation against a direct search for microorganisms ignores the simplicity of the task accomplished by Louis Pasteur in 1864. He allowed microbes to contaminate a hay-infusion broth, after which bubbles of their expired gas appeared. Prior to containing living microorganisms, no bubbles appeared. (Pasteur had earlier determined that heating, or pasteurizing, such a substance would kill the microbes.) This elegantly simple test, updated to substitute modern microbial nutrients with the hay-infusion products in Pasteur’s, is in daily use by health authorities around the world to examine potable water. Billions of people are thus protected against microbial pathogens.
This standard test, in essence, was the LR test on Mars, modified by the addition of several nutrients thought to broaden the prospects for success with alien organisms, and the tagging of the nutrients with radioactive carbon. These enhancements made the LR sensitive to the very low microbial populations postulated for Mars, should any be there, and reduced the time for detection of terrestrial microorganisms to about one hour. But on Mars, each LR experiment continued for seven days. A heat control, similar to Pasteur’s, was added to determine whether any response obtained was biological or chemical.
The Viking LR sought to detect and monitor ongoing metabolism, a very simple and fail-proof indicator of living microorganisms. Several thousand runs were made, both before and after Viking, with terrestrial soils and microbial cultures, both in the laboratory and in extreme natural environments. No false positive or false negative result was ever obtained. This strongly supports the reliability of the LR Mars data, even though their interpretation is debated.
In her recent book To Mars with Love, my LR co-experimenter Patricia Ann Straat provides much of the scientific detail of the Viking LR at lay level. Scientific papers published about the LR are available on my Web site.
Evidence
In addition to the direct evidence for life on Mars obtained by the Viking LR, evidence supportive of, or consistent with, extant microbial life on Mars has been obtained by Viking, subsequent missions to Mars, and discoveries on Earth:
Surface water sufficient to sustain microorganisms was found on Mars by Viking, Pathfinder, Phoenix and Curiosity;
Ultraviolet (UV) activation of the Martian surface material did not, as initially proposed, cause the LR reaction: a sample taken from under a UV-shielding rock was as LR-active as surface samples;
Complex organics, have been reported on Mars by Curiosity’s scientists, possibly including kerogen, which could be of biological origin;
Phoenix and Curiosity found evidence that the ancient Martian environment may have been habitable.
The excess of carbon-13 over carbon-12 in the Martian atmosphere is indicative of biological activity, which prefers ingesting the latter;
The Martian atmosphere is in disequilibrium: its CO2 should long ago have been converted to CO by the sun’s UV light; thus the CO2 is being regenerated, possibly by microorganisms as on Earth;
Terrestrial microorganisms have survived in outer space outside the ISS;
Ejecta containing viable microbes have likely been arriving on Mars from Earth;
Methane has been measured in the Martian atmosphere; microbial methanogens could be the source;
The rapid disappearance of methane from the Martian atmosphere requires a sink, possibly supplied by methanotrophs that could co-exist with methanogens on the Martian surface;
Ghost-like moving lights, resembling will-O’-the-wisps on Earth that are formed by spontaneous ignition of methane, have been video-recorded on the Martian surface;
Formaldehyde and ammonia, each possibly indicative of biology, are claimed to be in the Martian atmosphere;
An independent complexity analysis of the positive LR signal identified it as biological;
Six-channel spectral analyses by Viking’s imaging system found terrestrial lichen and green patches on Mars rocks to have the identical color, saturation, hue and intensity;
A wormlike feature was in an image taken by Curiosity;
Large structures resembling terrestrial stromatolites (formed by microorganisms) were found by Curiosity; a statistical analysis of their complex features showed less than a 0.04 percent probability that the similarity was caused by chance alone;
No factor inimical to life has been found on Mars.
Summary
In summary, we have: positive results from a widely-used microbiological test; supportive responses from strong and varied controls; duplication of the LR results at each of the two Viking sites; replication of the experiment at the two sites; and the failure over 43 years of any experiment or theory to provide a definitive nonbiological explanation of the Viking LR results.
What is the evidence against the possibility of life on Mars? The astonishing fact is that there is none. Furthermore, laboratory studies have shown that some terrestrial microorganisms could survive and grow on Mars.
Continued Suppression, and Workarounds
NASA has already announced that its 2020 Mars lander will not contain a life-detection test. In keeping with well-established scientific protocol, I believe an effort should be made to put life detection experiments on the next Mars mission possible. I and my co-experimenter have formally and informally proposed that the LR experiment, amended with an ability to detect chiral metabolism, be sent to Mars to confirm the existence of life: non-biological chemical reactions do not distinguish between “left-handed” and “right-handed” organic molecules, but all living things do.
Moreover, the Chiral LR (CLR) could confirm and extend the Viking LR findings. It could determine whether any life detected were similar to ours, or whether there was a separate genesis. This would be a fundamental scientific discovery in its own right. A small, lightweight CLR has already been designed and its principle verified by tests. It could readily be turned into a flight instrument.
Meanwhile a panel of expert scientists should review all pertinent data of the Viking LR together with other and more recent evidence concerning life on Mars. Such an objective jury might conclude, as I did, that the Viking LR did find life. In any event, the study would likely produce important guidance for NASA’s pursuit of its holy grail.
Gilbert V. Levin is an engineer and inventor; he was the principal investigator Labeled Release experiment on NASA Viking missions to Mars in the 1970s.
Other Links with the same conclusion
First, from National Geographic…
Apr 15, 2012 · A fresh look at NASA data suggests that a robotic mission uncovered microbial life on Mars —more than 30 years ago. In 1976 NASA sent two space probes, Vikings 1 and 2, to Mars to determine whether...
- Life on Mars Found by NASA's Viking Mission?
Life is common throughout the universe. In fact there is life on numerous bodies within our very own solar system. This should not be so shocking, but it is because it serves the interests in power to maintain the narrative that humans are alone and “special” on the earth.
It is not my interest if you, the reader, believes in life outside of the earth. It exists. Deal with it. If you have a difficult time coming to grips with this realization then I suggest that YOU SHOULD STOP PUTTING LIMITS ON GOD.
Give it up.
What mysteries and OOPARTS are…
Mysteries and OOPARTS are things that defy the commonly accepted view of the world. It’s really that simple.
If you believe that the Earth is flat, then you would have a
very difficult time grappling with pictures of the Earth as a globe.
If
you believe that all men are “pigs” and “enslave” women, and that
traditionally run households are horrible for women, then you will have a
difficult time with the way Attila the Hun treated women.
If
you believe that the American Civil War was over slavery, then you would
have a difficult time understanding the behavior of the Confederados.
If
you believe that humans are the only intelligent life in the universe,
then you will have a difficult time understanding a million year old
computer.
Here are some mysteries and OOPARTS explained. In all cases the
discussions are based on what I was exposed to. Most of which is
considered to be fringe and “tin hat” stuff. Whatever. Enjoy.
Articles & Links
You’ll not
find any big banners or popups here talking about cookies and privacy
notices. There are no ads on this site (aside from the hosting ads – a
necessary evil). Functionally and fundamentally, I just don’t make money
off of this blog. It is NOT monetized. Finally, I don’t track you
because I just don’t care to.
Here we discuss the grey extraterrestrial alien species. Contrary to the public narrative, there are numerous extraterrestrial species that regularly visit the Earth. In fact, they have all been doing so for many, many years. Ah, yes they do. They have their reasons and their purposes. The United States government, through the SAP known as MAJestic, has relationships with numerous such species, and are also aware of a much larger group of other species and races.
Here we discuss one of the most common and active species. They are an important species, as they have a very clear and defined role with humans. As such, they maintain a very special role within MAJestic.
The United States government has known about them for a long time now. In fact, we have known about them since the years directly after World War II. With this understood, they are NOT the first extraterrestrial species that the American government has met and interrogated. They are the second. This extraterrestrial species is not only very active in America, but it maintains a very important role in the entire world.
They are “famous” to many people all over the globe as “little green men”, as they are small in stature. For our purposes, we will refer to this species as “Type-1 extraterrestrials”.
A Personal Note
The moment anyone mentions that they have seen or met extraterrestrials, they are considered a lunatic.
This is not accidental. It is a manufactured narrative used to silence disclosures. You would think that after thirty years of exposure to the ways that the NSA, the CIA and other alphabet SAP’s are used to silence disclosures, that people would be made aware of this. But, alas most Americans are herded cattle. MAJestic is correct in this appraisal, and it has taken me up to now to fully appreciate this truth.
This blog and the “Metallicman” writings are not for the “great unwashed masses” to read, parse and disparage. It is for others. Hopefully, you are one such person. If so, then please read on.
This is the truth, well at least what I understand as the truth.
Notes on my exposure
I was exposed to this species [1] during entry into the MAJestic organization, and later [2] during my training for my role. During my operations I had no dealings with them. Instead, I dealt with another group of entities. Not this one.
All of the information provided herein are based on the exposure that I had with them while I was in MAJestic training. The little that I know outside of that had to do with some events that were tangential to them, and which I cannot speak about at this time.
When I refer to “outside sources” I generally mean either “outside of MAJestic” and on the internet, or second-hand information that I obtained though unofficial MAJestic sources. All “outside sources” should be treated as suspect.
There is a lot of disinformation regarding this species. I wish to elaborate on what I know and to try to provide a much more accurate picture of them and their involvement with humans. Like everything else, when you encounter the “real deal” you will be exposed to ideas and concepts and realities that do not fit in to the black and white two-dimensional cardboard cutout narrative that is so popular on the internet. That is thus the bane of my narrative.
They are not what everyone thinks they are.
They have technologies and abilities that make humans look like infants playing with a pacifier. This is not a species to take lightly. Just so, we need not fear them either. They are performing a valuable service and have a very important role with humans.
The problem is that the role, their understanding, their objectives and our understandings are completely out of phase with each other. How can you explain the workings of a digital watch to a penguin? You can’t and thus, I have a very difficult time describing how souls are constructed, and why this species has an interest in our soul construction and layout. As well, and why it is important.
This is the real deal. You can read on, or else pretend that Reptilians want to take over the United States government by shape shifting. LOL. It’s your choice.
Humans meet another “intelligent” species
Personally, this was the very first extraterrestrial species that I ever met. So, obviously, it is quite fitting that I refer to them as the “Type-1” extraterrestrial species. This is the first type that I encountered. Thus “Type-1”. Makes sense, huh?
Please note that this is not the actual name of the species. It is not what they call themselves. As in “Hi, my name is Zorga, and I am a type-1 extraterrestrial. Nice to meet you.“
Nope they don’t use this term, or anything like it, as far as I know.
Nor, is it what MAJestic refers to them as. They refer to them as <redacted>. The MAJestic naming nomenclature was established early on in the late 1940’s, and began with “Extraterrestrial Biological Entity” ####. (Always shortened to EBE ####.)
Astounding Revelations
This species is confusing to us humans.
That is because we have made numerous assumptions regarding all life in the universe. This species has thrown all our assumptions about life “out the window”. Many of the initial scientists who first met these creatures just couldn’t get around their inherent biases, and assumed understanding of the universe. And, this caused decades of confusion and misunderstandings.
Our “scientists” in the years immediately following world war II felt that it was a rare thing for any species to attain a degree of “constructive” civilization. They believed that if a species could attain spaceflight, they must be more advanced than humans. Maybe, they believed, 100 or 200 years more advanced. They also felt that they must come from a solar system that was close, and that had a star similar to our own (A class “G”.).
Their assumptions are the same assumptions that many in academia still maintain. It’s a carryover from Newtonian -based scientific study. Our assumptions are based on what we know of the world around us. It’s a science built upon careful observation. If you don’t observe something happening, then it just doesn’t happen. For that is, after all, the “scientific method”.
Using what we know of life on this planet, these scientists have made the following assumptions and extrapolated the assumptions to ALL life…
All species evolve naturally.
Each species has only one form.
Each creature has one singular fixed consciousness.
Each consciousness is associated with one individual soul.
Each species propagate through naturally evolved means.
The human species is the most advanced in the universe.
These are all very big, and very erroneous, assumptions.
The Type-1 Extraterrestrial Species
Because of that, there have been all sorts of misconceptions regarding this “Type-1” extraterrestrial species. Everything that did not make sense to the researchers needed to fit into pre-defined “boxes of dogma”. Their presence has forced MAJestic to reevaluate our humanity and our place within the universe.
This species…
This is a manufactured species. What we encounter is not wholly naturally evolved. (Oh, at one time, basic components and the root DNA must have been, certainly. But not what we encounter today.)
This species has numerous physical forms. Each form is specific for the task at hand. One form might be as an aviator, while another might be a doctor, still another might be a GP. (Here, I label the variations as “A”, “B”, “C”, etc…) The various physical forms appear different. We, as humans, assume that they are separate species, when in reality they are different forms of the same species. Humans have two physical forms; male and female.
This species possesses mobile consciousness. This is an inherent consciousness that can migrate from physical body to physical body. It is not fixed to a specific body. Humans have one consciousness that is associated with a specific human body. This species is not like that at all. One second their consciousness can inhabit a body on Earth, and a split second later, it could co-habitat a body located on the Moon.
This species has a different soul configuration. They do not have an individual soul tied to an individual consciousness. Instead, this species has a singular, and complex, “master” soul. All, and every, species consciousness are tied to the “master” soul.
This species has mastered their evolution. They have incorporated modification of DNA into their society, and have developed forms and shapes for specific roles and purposes. Some of which we encounter.
This species is impressively ancient. They have mastered spaceflight, and genetic engineering long before they first started interacting with the Earth. We know that they have interacted with early humans at least 30,000 years ago.
The “Little Green Men”
The reader can go on the internet and read all kinds of stuff on these creatures. Most of which is nonsense.
Conventionally, it is all treated as a kind of joke. Mostly UFO researchers, and their ilk are treated as fools. Mentioning UFO’s and extraterrestrials are considered to be career-limiting moves.
However, the real truth is that there are elements inside the United States government that treat extraterrestrials and their technology with absolute seriousness. It is considered so important to National Security, and the security of the human race itself, that not even the President, and the elected officials are privy to the knowledge.
It is very rare for an elected official to be part of the MAJestic organization. They are purposefully and intentionally “left in the dark” unless the issue is of a military matter.
“The truth is, Macey, we haven’t actually made direct contact with aliens yet. But when we do, I’ll let you know.”
-President Obama (D). His response to a little girl on the Ellin DeGeneres show when she girl asked him “If aliens are real.” February 12, 2016.
When I was first introduced to MAJestic, I was told that my role would be very important, and that the organization that I was part of was the most important organization on the planet. I was told that our objectives determined the future of mankind.
It wasn’t something trivial, like dancing on the Ellin DeGeneres show.
Here, I will try to clarify some key points and help the reader sort out the nonsense from the truth. As, most of what you find on the internet is just that; nonsense.
All this being stated, we must keep in mind where my information comes from. What I know about this species is derived from [1] first hand personal experience, and my training relative to my [2] involvement in MAJestic, [3] <readacted>, and of course [4] the <readacted> at <redacted>.
I am NOT an expert.
For starters, they do NOT have green or grey skin. Their skin has a decidedly light non-human skin color and complexion and thus many people commonly refer to them as “grey” aliens. In every single instance that I have met them, the lighting was favorable to their species (not to human eyesight). This was a (barely) visible light in the red spectrum, and to my eyes everything had a red color to it. It’s pretty darn difficult to see what their skin color actually is under that specific type of lighting. Anyone who has ever gone into a “dark room” to develop photographs can attest to this fact.
In any event, what I can say is that their skin has a different texture and appearance to that of the skin on a human or a terrestrial animal. It more resembles the skin found on a dolphin or similar creature.
Below is an actual photograph of a Type-1A extraterrestrial. Obviously taken a while ago and using traditional (not digital) photographic equipment. I believe that any actual and real images regarding this species originates out of Russia. America holds on to every image it has like it is made out of gold.
Notice one of the most important points regarding this species. This species cannot sustain “natural” human-type “daylight”. It hurts their eyes, and is generally uncomfortable to them. For them to move about on the earth, they need to put these kinds of special lens caps over their eyes. Thus, they rarely venture out on the earth in broad daylight. They travel at night, if at all.
In the photo above, the Type-1 entity was filmed under red light, and the images processed appropriately using period (1950’s – 1960’s) photographic technology. This is why the pictures seem dim, and not all that clear for a black and white photo or movie clip (note also that these images are obtained off from a movie clip).
"…and we found out so far there are 18 different alien species that we know about monitoring Earth".
-John Lear
This is a quote from Mr. John Lear who claimed that he was involved in the reverse engineering of extraterrestrial vehicles at the “Area-51” research site for the United States government. There are many who claim that he is a fraud and a profiteer, while others claim that he is legitimate. I do not know what to think as his experiences are quite unlike my own. But, he made some interesting quotes. Here is one of his finest.
When people think of extraterrestrials they often think of little grey-green men with big bug-like eyes. While there have been many parodies of such creatures on American media, they do tend to represent a historical archetype.
All you need to do is conduct a Google or Bing image search to get the typical CGI and artwork related to the “alien” archetype.
This historical archetype is quite curious. Often this description refers to various families of a specific extraterrestrial species. In particular, it tends to describe a sub-species of Type-I grey “aliens”. While these extraterrestrials have become a folk icon in many parts of the world. They are most iconic in the United States. Indeed, no place on the earth is more fixated on this iconology than the United States. The United States has become the de facto repository of Type I Grey extraterrestrial encounters.
Name and Conventions
Personally, they NEVER introduced themselves to me ever.
They provided instruction, direction, and information. That was it. There just wasn’t any formalities involved. Nor was there any back and forth banter so characteristic of conventional human speech.
I have read reports (on the internet) that they have a name that they refer to themselves as. This information is along the lines of “propagation of the extraterrestrial narrative”, or in other words, an attempt to stitch together two separate theories into a unified whole. The reader hits their forehead and goes “Ah ha!, it all makes sense now!” as some of the disjointed nonsense on the Internet starts to align up with other theories on the nature of mankind.
“When addressing Americans they call themselves EBAN.”
Let me tell you guys this. When we met them in person they did NOT address us at all. They didn’t utilize any of the welcoming or introductory gestures common by terrestrial humans. They do not bow, shake hands, nod their head, smile or glance downward. They do nothing of the sort.
FOR THE RECORD. They communicated their intentions telepathically and instantaneously. They never provided any physical acknowledgments as far as greeting or introductions in any way.
Very Old Species
While they appear to be a conventional American popular phenomenon, they are actually a long duration phenomena. It is one that has been present on our world for many, many years.
They are, indeed, an indomitable race of beings. There are substantive representations of these creatures, or those like them for the vast bulk of time that humans have been around. This includes artwork in Egypt and through the middle ages as well.
Descriptions of these creatures, as well as the vehicles that they utilize are found repeatedly in archaeological circles. Though the descriptions given to these depictions are always something other than what they actually represent.
Typically they would refer to these extraterrestrials as Gods; demi-gods, angels, demons, or children of gods. They were never considered to be animals, other human races, or servants of gods. These creatures have been visiting Earth for thousands of years, and have been on Earth before modern man came into existence.
For the considerations here; whether accurate or not, the term “modern man” refers to physically similar humans to contemporaneous humans with the ability to produce documentation in a language of some sort. This is the so called “historical” humans. They reach back to around 6,000 to 8,000 years ago depending on your method of dating and base presumptions.
Historic humans date to maybe 6,000 to 8,000 years ago.
Pre-historic humans date back to around 30,000 years ago.
Proto-humans date back even further to around 400,000 years ago.
Intelligent-primates date back to around 4 million years ago.
Sub-Species or Type Configurations
There are different “families” (races or species) of Type-1 grey extraterrestrials.
Their similarity to each other extends only to their physical appearance, and physical makeup and biology, and not to their origination point. For purposes of simplicity, I use my own classification scheme to describe them.
Type-1 species members all have the same central hive/matrix soul.
Type-1 species DNA might vary from sub-type to sub-type.
“Those Who From Heaven To Earth Came". They landed on Earth, colonized it, mining the Earth for gold and other minerals, establishing a spaceport in what today is the Iraq-Iran area, and lived in a kind of idealistic society as a small colony.
They returned when Earth was more populated and genetically interfered in our indigenous DNA to create a slave-race to work their mines, farms, and other enterprises in Sumeria, which was the so-called Cradle of Civilization in out-dated pre-1980s school history texts. They created Man, Homo Sapiens, through genetic manipulation with themselves and ape man Homo Erectus.”
― Zecharia Sitchin
There is a large amount of confusion, speculation and disinformation concerning these creatures. Some of the disinformation is intentional. Some of the misinformation is due to confusion. Some of the information on the Internet are outright lies generated by profiteers, hoaxers, and just those with a malevolent bent.
Thus the information that I present here will differ from what one will find elsewhere.
Please be advised, and aware of this fact. What is written here is as accurate as I can make it, and in so doing it will many times be at odds with accepted conventional extraterrestrial lore. My thoughts on them here (the Type-I grey extraterrestrial race) might shed some information to help clarify their background and purposes with humans.
I have some strong opinions that fly in the face of conventionally accepted norms relating to this race. These are my opinions. They are only my opinions, and as such, might be wildly divergent from the actual and absolute truth.
Please accept them as such.
When I present them, I try to explain why I believe this to be the case, and how it impacts us as humans. What I believe, is at times, is not in agreement with any more or less “official” MAJestic policy, and also might be completely out of date. (I wrote this transcription over 15 years since I was retired from the MAJestic program.) The reader must understand that.
Species Introduction
“I believe in aliens. I think it would be way too selfish of us as mankind to believe we are the only life-forms in the universe.”
-Demi Lovato
This species is, by far, the predominant allied-extraterrestrial-species that has (active) treaties with the American government.
Now, this species does not deal with the United States government in the “normal” channels. They do not communicate through ambassadors, or a consulate or embassy. They do not chat with Senators or Congressmen. They do not have a “red phone” with a direct line to the President of the United States. Instead, they have a direct communication line with the agency that handles all extraterrestrial matters for the United States; MAJestic.
In this sense, and for all future reference, MAJestic is the organ of the United States government. It operates as a SAP “carve out” within the military, technical firms, and the government.
This is also, apparently, the most directly-involved extraterrestrial species on this planet and in the solar system. (Others are more or less, visitors, hidden and working behind the scenes or taking on other roles.)
This species has been on the earth for a very long time. (A very; very, long time.) Now, for what ever it is worth, this is also the particular species of extraterrestrials that I have the most experience with.
So, while I have personally seen a few other types of various extraterrestrials, it was only the “Type-1” aliens that I had any real or significant (direct, first hand) exposure to.
The type-1 species operated on me and gave me the EBP. They also worked with me in training and operation of it.
The type-2 species, the <redacted> interacted with me though the EBP. I was entangled with them for three decades, but I have really never physically seen them. Though, for a selection of reasons, I have a great intimate understanding of them. My interactions were all via the EBP and the ELF implants.
They do exist. This race of extraterrestrials does exist, and is not some kind of Internet hoax.
This species is a very common and very important extraterrestrial species.
They exist because [1] I have seen them (with my own human eyes, as well as being entangled), [2] worked next to them (in close proximity – at arms length), and [3] had physical dealings with them (we communicated, handed things back and forth, and worked together doing tasks). My experiences are physical and actual.
Here, I write what I know about them, and place caveats on how I obtained this knowledge. Reader, please note; just because I personally believe something does not necessarily mean that it is true. But what I do present is the best information that I have about these creatures.
Let me take a moment to address this issue for the slower readers to this manuscript. The Type-I grey extraterrestrial race does actually exist. They do exist. They are real. They are not some kind of apparition or mysterious vision.
I have actually seen them. I have seen them with my own physical human eyes (long before I started to wear glasses). I have worked alongside them. Though I have never physically touched them (They have, however, touched me.); their hands or skin, they seemed real enough and physical enough to me.
The closest that I have ever been to a member of this species is about six inches.
They are always shorter than I am. They are not dwarves. They are just thin in stature and about the height of a petite girl. They tend to be around 8 to 10 inches shorter than I am.
They have really, really long articulated hands. They use them like a Chinese person is an expert using chop-sticks.
I positively know them to exist. They do exist in the physical world that surrounds us. They are intelligent. They are driven and focused.
Appearance Notes
They wear clothes like humans wear. This tells me that in some very significant ways, they developed into intelligent tool-manufacturing creatures along similar lines to what we humans have followed.
The garment that I am most familiar with is a deep dark blue one-piece jump suit (as best as I can determine under red color light). The garment had a kind of turtle neck, and long sleeves and pant legs. There were no pockets. I never saw buttons, snaps, clasps, Velcro or zippers on the clothing.
The clothing was always unadorned. There were never any insignias, elements or indicators of rank or occupation, or decoration in any shape or fashion.
They wore boots. These boots had a heel and a textured bottom for purposes of traction. You could tell by looking at the foot prints that they would make on dusty surfaces. The textured bottom looked a lot like wide lines or thick bars. They did not have any kind of pattern like you might find on contemporary hiking boots.
They look different from us.
Yes, that is true. But, they do not seem strange when you are next to them. They seem normal. They seem absolutely normal. While they might look different, the impression that one gets is that of another co-worker. You never feel like you are working with an extraterrestrial when you are near them. They seem normal and commonplace.
What I know of these creatures is a collection of what I have directly experienced, and a mixture of what I have read from other sources. I strongly advise the reader that secondary information should always be considered suspect.
Anything that I have not directly experienced should be considered as second hand information only. There is a large amount of incorrect information, and some of it has (even) found its way into the official journals and briefing papers of the government.
This is part of the sad legacy of extreme secrecy and compartmentalization within the program that we were involved in. In fact, there is also a great deal of misinformation and outright disinformation on the Internet. Often times I would read a piece on the Internet and shake my head in disbelief. Honestly, I wondered, how could anyone come to the conclusions that they have been drawn to.
Certainly, some of the things written on the Internet came from a complex mix of profiteers [1], disinformation experts [2] and amateur hoaxers [3]. Yet, please understand that for the most part, my experiences with this race of extraterrestrials have been positive [4].
[1]Profiteers; those who write books, make and give lectures, or host classes for the sole purpose of turning a profit. This is done in defiance of the actual truth, and whether they have actual information to share.
[2]Disinformation Experts; usually paid employees of various organizations who want the information so presented to be confused, or buried under a mountain of confusion. These people may or may not work for a government agency or unit, and they include people from simple bloggers, to Photoshop® experts, and paid research associates.
[3]Hoaxers; those who for whatever reason, boredom, fame, curiosity, commotion or low self-esteem create a staged event of some complexity and associate it with an extraterrestrial encounter.
[4] This is as true a statement as I will ever make. Yes, I have never had any bad, worrisome or painful experiences with this race. Yet, any troubles that I had, most certainly, was associated with memory blocking and compartmentalization.
Therefore, as painful as it is, I must also present the converse to the reader. I might not have any bad experiences with this race because they did not let me remember those experiences. (Please try to keep an open mind regarding what I present here. Listen to what I present, but doubt all of it.)
I would like to make one final comment before we explore this subject further. There are many species that can be assumed to be, or identified as a “grey extraterrestrial”. Some have five fingers. Some have four fingers (like “my” type-IA), and some have three fingers. This writing concerns itself with one specific species. It does not concern itself with other species that might be similar in various ways. Such as this…
Here’s an interesting discovery. I don’t know how real or factual it is, but it certainly is interesting.
A mummified three-fingered hand with eight inch fingers has been found in a Peruvian tunnel in the desert. While first inspection may lead one to conclude that it is nothing more than an imaginative man-made creation, examination by a physician in Cusco, Peru, revealed that it is composed of skin and bone, with six bones in each finger.
The bizarre-looking hand was allegedly presented to Peru-based researcher Brien Foerster, who runs Hidden Inca Tours , along with a small mummified elongated skull and a tiny mummified body. The local person who has possession of the items told Foerster that they were found in a tunnel in January 2016 in the southern desert of Peru.
The tunnel was closed-off by a large stone door and inside were two sarcophagi containing the body parts, which had been covered in clay. He indicated that he did not want to sell the mummified body parts, but just wanted to know what they were and who or what they may have belonged to.
The Internet & Other Writings
“They were once fairies and elves. Now they are creatures from beyond the stars because you no longer believe in anything but humans.”
― Thomm Quackenbush, Artificial Gods
While I greatly lament the amount of disinformation and inaccuracies that I have come across concerning this species, I must admit that that bulk of (general) information about them is actually fairly accurate. (More or less, with some rather extreme caveats.) To repeat; most of the general non-specific information about this race is generally accurate.
I get the impression that, at some time in the (recent) past, someone in charge of the redirection and disinformation efforts made by the United States government just threw their hands up in the air and gave up.
That is right.
I honestly believe that as far as this race is concerned, the United States government just tries to confuse the issue. They no longer try to denounce it. Therefore, there is quite a bit of accurate information about these enigmatic creatures on the Internet. There is also a great amount of outlandish disinformation as well. It is a legacy of intentional seeding of disinformation as well as profiteer activities that have so occluded this entire subject.
My greatest concern is that many reports are flavored by a personal bias.
Those who are religious might state that they have religious motives.
Those of a purely military background might caution one against their “warlike” ambitions.
Those of a more intrusive or scientific bend, might be more withholding of commentary.
Those of a mischievous mind would present all kinds of nonsense to a gullible public.
All these viewpoints are colored by the experiences and the background of the observer. Whether you like them or hate them, none of these viewpoints holds an accurate portrayal of this race of beings.
I find that I agree with the general physical descriptions of these beings to some extent. While I have not experienced the same kinds of events that are often reported, they do seem to be in alignment with my own personal experiences.
No one, including myself, has a truly unbiased understanding of these creatures. However, given the diversity of opinion and the great variation of experiences, I must conclude that many of the reports seem to be accurate and seem to agree and be in line with my experiences.
All human interaction with this species is influenced by the predetermined interests, religion and spirituality of the observer. It is truly rare to find an unbiased opinion on this species.
Work Methodology
"There were pictures of the bodies, which looked like the beings known as 'the grays.' … Some of the little grays appeared to not be a reproductive-capable species.
The autopsy guys concluded, according to the report, that it looked as if they had been cut out of a cookie cutter - clones with no alimentary tract. They did not ingest or process food as we know it, nor did it appear that they had any system of elimination."
-Robert O. Dean
Let’s start by describing how they operate in a group setting. That is, how they contribute and work together. Dogs form packs. Cats work independently. Humans, depending on the circumstances, chooses the preferable organizational structure. But what about this species?
I can tell the reader this truth. When they work, they do so with organization and planning. If there is a task to get done, they do it as if they were ants. The individuals swarm out, do their specific tasks at the proper time, and then return to their initial locations. They do so like ants following the direction on a pheromone trail.
However, they are decidedly not ants.
They are organized, and contribute to the entire task utilizing their own specific assignments automatically. While they do seem to appear to have a small degree of individuality, it is not obvious unless you are familiar with them. Thus, if you spend any amount of time with them you will notice this. They are not robots. They are neither plants nor androids, but rather a distinct different race that has a completely different way of thinking than we do.
This is the way that they conduct their business and tasks. But they are decidedly not hive insects, nor are they derived from insects (I personally believe.). Unlike their overseers (not the correct word, but the relationship is complex), the <redacted>, they do possess a bony frame. They are not invertebrates.
Soul Configuration
For our purposes here, every creature has a soul. This is a organized collection of quanta that operates in predetermined movements in and out of the physical constraints of both time, space and dimensional variations. They are classified in their arrangement and "dances" with other soul components. The study of souls is quite complex and beyond the scope of this article. For now, the reader should just accept that no two souls are alike. They are all different and vary from species to species.
Yet, I must digress. It seems to me that the fundamental base soul structure is inclined to what we, as humans, determine as elementary; the insect biology. Yet, it has been my experience that there is significant evidence that the insect biological – quantum soul structure is the superior structure. (Or, maybe this is my entanglement speaking…who actually knows?)
However, that debate and analysis is to be shelved for yet another time.
Their soul structure and level of technology enables them to have this ability. The ultimate effect is one of great efficiency and precision. That is one of the key indicators that point to a hive or a matrix soul structure
A hive mind or group mind may refer to a number of uses or concepts, ranging from positive to neutral and pejorative. Examples include:
Collective consciousness or collective intelligence – concepts in sociology and philosophy
Culture – A collective of knowledge, art, artifacts, symbols and social ritual
The apparent consciousness of colonies of social insects. Such as ants, bees and termites
Swarm intelligence, the collective behavior of decentralized, self-organized systems, natural or artificial
Universal mind, a type of universal higher consciousness or source of being in some esoteric beliefs
Group mind (science fiction), a type of collective consciousness
Egregore is a phenomenon in occultism which has been described as group mind.
Groupthink
Though which one is specifically associated with this race is up to debate. No one, apparently, is significantly interested enough in this issue to pursue it.
We know that it is either a matrix or a hive soul structure, but we do not know or understand exactly their exact configuration’s classification. That is, to say, we know what it is, but not what it is formally classified as.
The reason behind this is that as humans, with an individual soul structure, the hive or the matrix structures are not particularly well understood by us. Not yet, at any length. The primary differentiation characteristics are of such an extremely different nature than what we, as humans, can understand that we cannot comprehend the differences.
We do not specifically know which soul structure that this race utilizes. There is a debate where some are absolutely convinced that they have a hive matrix soul. They attribute this to their organized behavior that is often witnessed. But others disagree with this because they can provide individual discussion and independent thought on demand. That is not a core element of a hive soul structure. Thus they argue that they must have a matrix soul structure instead.
Specious arguments for “ivory tower” types!
Personally, I don’t know exactly what their specific soul structure is. (Though I do actually have an understanding of it’s base grouping. All of <redacted> understood soul groupings and configurations.) It is entirely possible that their soul structure is something other than either a hive or matrix structure. It is just that we humans don’t have the science, and vocabulary to understand it at this time in our state of technology advancement.
Summary;
There is an internal debate into how this species soul interacts and behaves. Some refer to it as a “hive”, while others refer to it as a “matrix”. In any event, the soul configuration is very different from the souls of humans.
Society
These extraterrestrials have a different soul structure than humans have. Since a soul structure influences the physical manifestation of a creature, it can also reflect upon its actions, thoughts, motivations and desires. Thus, in so doing, shape the society that those physical manifestations create.
Humans have wars and crime; beauty and art. We have such a wide diversity of physical manifestations of our souls. But this is due to the complexities of our quantum make up. Not every species has these same manifestations.
Some appreciate a certain of music, while other appreciate a certain kind of art. Some appreciate “open space configurations. While other appreciate color blending; and even scent blending’s. (This can be quite difficult to explain.)
Of course we would have crimes, banks, governments and wars since there are a percentage of our members who are “service to self” inclinations of sentience.
Of course we would have art, poetry and the beauties associated with them because we have members involved in “service to others” inclinations.
We have religions, fads and pop culture because we have members involved in “service to another” inclinations.
However, this is not true with an already homogenized hive / matrix race. For the Type-IA (greys) extraterrestrials they are unified in one single purpose and intention. Their soul configuration is very stable and (for lack of a better word) cultivated.
We don’t know which kind it is specifically, but it seems to be more or less a variant of a matrix, hive or group structure (as stated previously).
(For simplicity in this narrative I use the terms matrix or hive interchangeably when referring to this species.) In any event, all the (Type IA grey extraterrestrial) individual physical entities that we encounter (seem to) have quantum level appliances embedded in their quantum soul bodies.
Actually, it is more accurately defined as a combination of both artificially contrived and biologically developed (inherited) abilities. This is difficult to understand, as we as a species don't really recognize the non-physical world in any way except as how it interacts with our physical world.
Here, we argue that this species and their civilization have developed technologies at the soul level. These technologies developed and create soul-level artifices and mechanisms that they utilize that assist them in their physical bodies.
Thus they are a biologically-supplemented [9] space-based [10] society.
[9] All members of this race have cybernetic devices embedded inside their bodies. But instead of physical contrivances that we as humans would understand, they have quantum level appliances embedded in their quantum cloud. These devices have a very small physical component that can be seen and detected with the right tools and knowledge.
[10] This race is not centric to any specific planetary or environmental niche. But rather can adapt to a wide variety of environments through biological creation of physical bodies.
Thus they are space based. Initially, they evolved naturally on a planet, and then migrated to other planets in other solar systems.
Once they were able to modify their body structure via DNA mapping, they were able to adapt to different planetary environments, and thus have since evolved into a truly space-borne species.
They have a common social memory complex [11] that allows them to collectively function as areas of a group-mind.
[11] They do not have a great wide diversity of individual memories but a kind of central shared memory. This is quite different than that of us humans.
Thus, whether it is due to the nature of their soul structure, or due to their technology, we do not know for sure. We have NOT mapped their soul structure, but they have mapped ours.
My personal unique opinion is that they have evolved over time from a simple matrix quantum soul construction, to that of a quantum-appliance augmented society.
This evolution apparently manifests as a borderline structured hive semblance, but with an active matrix quantum soul organization. They maintain a great reliance on cloned (or more accurately; manufactured) entities for occupation in various dissimilar solar systems. While their soul structure encompasses a huge amount of empty physical space, the physical shapes of this race takes on many forms. The forms that they take on vary from galactic region to galactic region.
They apparently are very active on the earth, and they are known throughout this region of local space. But, no one knows the true extent of their activities. We do not know if they are prevalent throughout the galaxy or even in other galaxies as well. No human knows. My guess, perhaps it is though my own ego is that their adventures are limited to this region of our galaxy and does not extend greater than 15% to 20% of our galaxy. (Still an amazing percentage!)
Most importantly, what we experience in our own solar system is unique to it, and not reflective of their race as a whole. Their appearance in our solar system differs from that of what they look like in other solar systems.
They customize their biological physical form to fit the region that they occupy.
So their form and appearance to us in our solar system is very different from the form that they take around another solar system.
Biology
“In After Disclosure, Dolan shares an experience he had with a politician who was deep underground in a military base.. He was briefed on the extraterrestrial reality and said that ET’s and UFOs are just the tip of the ice berg when it comes to information that’s concealed from the public.”
There are detailed studies of the biology of this species. MAJestic has indeed studied this species in great exhaustive detail. They have collected large numbers of deceased entities and conducted forensic examinations on them.
I was fortunate enough to be provided limited access to some of this information while <redacted> during the <redacted>. It was part of <redacted> that required that I <redacted>.
Access to the information can be found at <redacted>, <redacted>, as well as <redacted>. I parsed through it, but couldn’t make much out of it. Biology was never a great strength of mine.
Apparently their biology was fundamentally different from that of most terrestrial mammals. Yet, paradoxically, it was still quite similar in many fundamental respects. For instance, the proportions of the organs were unusual, but the layout was similar. They had two eyes, two ears, a mouth, two hands, etc.
The genetic makeup was different but also similar in many respects.
It was suggested in the <redacted> that we all, them and us humans shared some common DNA somehow. (Please refer to the speculation of active biological seeding by the progenitor species in the remote past.) Their organization, behaviors, and various elements of biology were strongly suggestive of that of an insect. But again, that is only myself “reading between the lines” with no formal classes in biology. (Most approved quantum archetypes seem to follow that of an insectoid form.)
The biology of these creatures were extensively studied and detailed in manuals at the <redacted>. Obviously, a number of biological specimens were obtained and dissected. There were more than just a handful of manuals. In fact, there was a rather complete full binder on these creatures. Obviously, someone has spent the time to study them and their biology and compiled a very detailed work in this regard.
Their biology was never really a significant aspect of my job description; therefore, I never studied the subject. To this day, I find their biology (and the biology of other creatures and species) rather boring. What I do know is from my direct contact with them, with some aspects of miscellaneous information thrown in for good measure.
The reader should note that they were always clothed. They were obviously like us in that regard. The clothing appeared to be of metallic structure, but in reality, it was a complex polymer with metallic elements. It was a woven cloth and fit them quite well. They had some variation in clothing, but not much. It was mostly functional in purpose. .
Their “uniforms” had no obvious decoration, nor any kind of insignia.
There was not any kind of indication of gender information. For the most part, the various types that most humans encounter are genderless and are NOT used for propagation, or breeding purposes.
I seem to recall that according to the <redacted> there was speculation that at one time they did originally have genders just like earth animals, <redacted>. The differences and details in regards to this is still locked in the <redacted>. They were not of my interest, nor part of my job description.
They do not have distinct individuality.
They act in conjunction with each other, and do not show or act with any kind of individualized personality. Unless you know them personally, they are very difficult to tell apart from each other. Once you do get to know one specific entity, it becomes confusing because that particular entity might occupy different extraterrestrial type-1 physical bodies.
Since they can do this; switch their individualized consciousness between different physical bodies, they are able to “travel”.
One physical body might be on the earth, and then they can instantaneously switch to another one on Mars.
That is pretty amazing, but not nearly so amazing as the concept that they occupy many such worlds all around the galaxy.
Thus they could, in an instant, move their individualized personality (focus) from say the earth to a planet around Gliese 876. This, to me, is truly amazing! Why bother with rocket ships? Just inhabit and set up colonies on widely separated worlds and visit them at leisure.
Vitals
According to the <redacted>, the approximate height of a type-1A (also known as a big-headed Grey) is from 3.5 to 4.5 feet tall. According to autopsy results gained between 1951 and 1978, they have an average weight of about 40 pounds.
The proportions of the head to the body are similar to a human five month fetus. They have no hair. Their eyes are rather large, but seem to be covered with some kind of biological covering like a grown sunglass lens.
I agree completely with this assessment. My physical interactions with them agree with this contention.
Limbs
They have unusual hands. They have three long fingers, and a very long thumb. The two longest fingers tend to be together like human fingers and are next to each other. They are however, contrary to what you might find on the internet, completely separate digits.
They are equally able to move all the fingers with equal dexterity. They rarely spread them apart when standing at rest. Thus it appears to the casual observer that they have a human like hand, but with extremely long fingers. Their knuckles are more pronounced and obvious than human knuckles. They are very adept using these hands and are surprisingly agile and dexterous with them. They seem to be capable of using either hand equally well. From my personal experience, they are neither left nor right handed. Which is odd, as all animals that we know of eventually favors limb use through habitual use.
They have very long arms. The arms reach longer than human arms. If they were to stand next to you, the hands would end up above the knee. For humans, the hands would end in mind-thigh.
I do not know about their feet. I do not know if they have four or five toes or how the toes look. I would guess that they might have some kind of major digit which might be equivalent to our “big toe”, but that is speculation on my part.
They wore boots with their uniform.
I do not know if they wore socks with the boots or not. My experience was never that personal with them. Obviously the books and writings in the <redacted> contained all this information and more. While I actually did perform a rather cursory review of this species while I was <redacted>, I simply do not remember what it had to say about their feet, ankles, knees, or limbs.
DNA
A kind reminder that this information is directed to the class “A” sub-species configuration of the Type-1 extraterrestrial.
Some researchers (on the internet) claim that the body shape is indicative of a very ancient species. But how they can possibly come to this conclusion is beyond me. They also claim that their DNA patterns lie within a pattern that is considered to be primitive.
I can neither confirm or deny that information. I would suggest to the reader that even if I were a doctor and conducting a forensic study on a type-1A body, that I would be unable to come to any of those aforementioned conclusions based on observation and our knowledge of DNA mapping.
Further, researchers claim that the way the DNA is shaped is in the opposite direction than human DNA.
Supposedly they have extremely large lung capacity and a number of organs that seem to have some curious functionality. Also, they supposedly have implanted “crystal appearing artifices”. All of this information is interesting, but I cannot confirm or deny the accuracy of this. It is all second hand information. I know nothing about the biology of these creatures except what I have read and by comparison with what I have seen.
The reader must remember that the physical body is a shadow or reflection of the densest parts of the quantum body. Thus the DNA is a configuration that is manifested by the quantum soul archetype. The reader must always keep this in mind. The quantum body is the actual repository of shape and form, and the physical is the densest portion of that form.
Skin Color
As I have stated previously, every single time that I have spent time with this species it was under their preferred lighting conditions. This was a reddish light. Normal ‘natural” light that is preferred by humans was never available to me. Thus, any information that I have on their personal skin color is from secondary sources.
According to secondary sources, including <redacted>, the species skin tone variation seems to be widespread, with skin colors ranging from bluish grey to beige, tan, brown or white.
There are other factors which appear to affect skin color, and one of them is the state of general health of the entity. This is true with humans, dogs, cats, and rats.
Supposedly, (according to the internet) skin color is known to change after they have consumed nourishment. This makes sense to me, but I have never seen them consume food in my presence.
Some claim (on the internet) to see individuals that seemed to have arms of a slightly different color than their heads or rest of their bodies. This would change periodically, but what this infers can only be speculated upon. I myself absolutely doubt this report, as they wear long sleeve tunics/coveralls and I have NEVER seen them roll up their sleeves in public. Since their arms are always covered, then how can a person see what their arms look like? Especially under that reddish light?
Finally, the reader should note that as far as I am concerned, they all look similar with similar skin color, shape, size and appearance.
Brain Capacity
They have a larger brain capacity than humans, but the benefits of this, is of course, speculative. According to the manuals, the brain capacity is estimated to be between 2500 and 3500 cc, compared to 1300 cc for the average human.
You can come across all kinds of strange and odd conclusions about this species on the internet. Some people claim that they have artificially grown brains, or brain portions, while others claim that they can insert memories into the brains in what ever pattern they wish.
This internet narrative shows a total ignorance with the technology of this species, their soul construction, the concept of mobile consciousnesses and the MAJestic role with them.
Now, these writings on the internet are all wrong, or if they did have this technology, they certainly don’t use it. The truth is that their memories are all shared, due to the nature of the matrix soul structure. They do not need, nor require the insertion of memory patterns. (After all, memories are controlled in the non-physical reality, not in the physical brain itself.) The vast bulk of soul compatibility and control is governed through associated quantum appliances located in the hybrid clones quantum soul body.
Instead, what they insert is “learned skills” for the specific physical body to utilize. They do not insert “memories”.
This is very difficult for humans to conceptualize. For we naturally associate memories alongside training. You learn something, by retaining the memories of your training.
This is a false understanding.
There are two completely separate things going on here. Firstly, there are memories. In the hive mind, these memories are compartmentalized into uniform-access, and personal-access. Humans only have one set of memories, and they are all personal-access only.
Secondly, there are training memories. These are “trained skills”. Just because your mind can recall somethings, does not mean that your entire body recall it as well. You can have a false memory of being a ballet dancer, or playing the guitar, but your physical body will fail at trying to obey the commands from the brain.
Nourishment
“The Greys seem to be fundamentally different than humans with some having atrophied digestive tracts as discussed in alleged military autopsy reports and may be absorbing nutrients through the skin rather than through a digestive tract.
The skin may function like the inside of our digestive tracts, that’s why some feel clammy and damp and smelly when touched. There is some evidence and speculation that the mutilation of animals and even humans, where the bodies are drained of blood, that some kind of food mixture using blood, is being externally ingested into their bodies through the skin.”
-Jeff Adams
It is reported (from secondary sources) that the Type-1A consume nourishment through a process of absorption through their skin. The process, according to those who have witnessed it, involves spreading a biological slurry mixture that has been mixed with hydrogen peroxide (which oxygenates the slurry and eliminates bacteria) onto their skin. Waste products are then excreted back through the skin.
I never saw any of them do this. So I do not know if this report is accurate or speculative. I do know that they have mouths, and I do know that they have been able to drink water with them. However, I have never seen any teeth. I do not know if they have any.
Odors
Some people have stated that the Type-1A species have a distinct series of odors that appear to be similar to a mentholated cinnamon smell. I do not know any of this.
When I went on my first off-world experience and I had my first exposure with the species, (as a human and an AOC in the US Navy) I did not smell anything associated with the Type-IA grey extraterrestrial species. I do not recall smelling anything at all.
Later, during <redacted> and training, I interacted with them performing certain activities. During that time, I never smelled anything either.
I have tried to wrack my brain and empty out all my memories of that time, but I must pitifully say that I cannot remember any particular smell associated with them. There might be various reasons for this. There are many possible reasons for my perceptions regarding this issue. Which one is correct or accurate is up to the reader to determine.
Communication
Apparently, some of them can talk. In fact, they seem to have a surprisingly good grasp of the English language. But, they do talk in a strange way. I think that it has more to do with the shape of their mouth and throat than anything else.
Personally, I have never seen anyone talk. Anything about the type-1A talking is beyond my experience. My experience simply is this, “They think – I react”
Using what I know from personal experience, and what I have read on this issue, I have come to certain conclusions regarding this. The communication from them, if you listen to them, is via a combination of vocal sounds with an adjunct support of some latent telepathic ability. The resultant effect is one of the ability to understand these creatures as they talk. No matter how strange it sounds to your ears.
But they usually do not talk, and instead rely on instantaneous thought communication. Their ability to use thought communication is always directed from a single designated person. The others do not communicate to humans or others like myself otherwise.
When I met them for the first time as an AOC in the Navy, they did not speak to me at all. All communication was via instantaneous psychic thought control.
This is a most pronounced fact, anyone who talks about their “language” and communicating through speech primarily is talking nonsense. They communicate primarily through instantaneous telepathy to humans. It seems strange that this is my experience. But it is true.
Why they are able to do this and how they can leads to some interesting conclusions. One of the key points is that all of us who worked with this species possessed EBP within our brains.
What we interpret as telepathy, could very well just be instantaneous radio telephony.
Personalty
They are not personal. I was never able to have a one-on-one deep-hearted conversation with any of them. Though there were times when I wanted to communicate with them, I had great difficulty in doing so. I do not know why, perhaps it had to do with <redacted>.
I really don’t know.
From my first exposure to them, to my last, it was always a consistent method of communication; it was one way. They initiated and directed the communication. It was also instantaneous and through telepathy.
It was a curious relationship. Whenever I worked with them, I felt like I could communicate with them telepathically, but I never (at the time) felt like I wanted to. Therefore, I never engaged communication with them. They always engaged conversation with me. This is a very, very important point, and it defines our relationship as humans with this race.
They have a manner of interaction with humans that involves a degree of control over the human mental processes. This is either natural, or through use of augmented internal processing appliances. In this way they can control the human thought patterns, thoughts, memories and emotions. They can do so in layers and degrees of ability.
For instance, when I was “off-world” for the first time, they were able to control my memories, and how I reacted to meeting this race for the first time. They didn’t control my sight, but rather how I reacted to the sights before me. How they were able to do this is not known to me.
I strongly suspect that this kind of control is used on all humans that they interact with.
In fact, it is possible that they control the MAJestic leadership in this way. And thus, the MAJestic leadership still continues to act and behave in a contrary manner than what would normally be expected of a “normal” and “typical” American in this decade and current cultural environment. I was able to see the difference in use of this technique because I interacted with them as a <redacted>. I could tell and see the difference in mental interaction.
They do not know of individuality. That concept is alien to them. Both their physical bodies, with or without quantum appliances, and their quantum soul structures exist without individuality. Some say that they are interested in the human concept of individuality, I know nothing of that. If there is an interest, it is academic only.
I suspect that any interest that they show is a feigned interest at best.
Religion
I have read some reports about this race “chanting” and being overtly religious. That is complete nonsense.
This is such an obvious red flag that it is a guarantee that the person who is making this statement is either a hoaxer, profiteer or disinformation expert.
They are not at all what we would consider to be “religious”. I wish to make this absolutely clear. They do not worship a deity. They do not make icons or statues of any kind of deity or saint. They do not chant. They do not create paintings. They do not create sculptured statues. They do not create carved “fetishes”. They do not hold special events in favor of any kind of spiritual expression of any kind. There are no “ten commandments” or religious rituals that they follow.
Here is an example of the kind of nonsense that one can find on the Internet about these beings. This is all made up. There isn’t a flake or spec of truth in it. It is all pure dribble. (I wanted to use stronger language, but I was afraid that it wouldn’t be appropriate to do so.)
“The Ebens worship a God. The pope feels their God is the same as ours. The Ebens worship God differently, but NOT so much. In fact, OSG brought artifacts of the Ebens’ God that fits directly into OUR [Christian] God. Several Eben paintings, sculptured statues and carved fetishes were similar to our God. In fact, the story of their God – appearing thousands of years ago on SERPO and setting up religious sects on their planet — is similar to our story of Jesus. The Ebens chant verses, which, when translated, are similar to OUR prayers. The Eben chants contain 26 verses which they repeat every day at their prayer hour, which is in the afternoon (SERPO day).
The chants sound like Tibetan chants. On a particular Eben day of their year, the Ebens expand the chants to 38 verses. The extra 12 chants pertain to “angels” — which we have translated to mean “saints” – who have helped the Eben society.”
-Serpo.org
While their technology is quantum based, and their understanding of soul is substantially superior to ours, they do live a more or less spiritual life. One that is by far superior to anything that we humans could possibly conceive of. We would not recognize their spiritual activities as such. They do not have a religious life at all.
An understanding of how the soul works, to the level that transcends time and space, is a far superior spiritual understanding of the universe. They truly understand their role and understand how humans can help them achieve their overall race goals in this regard. They understand not only the quantum mechanical influences of the soul, but also the functional tracking of it through time, space and across the dimensions.
Once should avoid getting swept up in human religious equivalents when discussing this species. They are not at all applicable.
Farming of Humans
“The more you know, the crazier you look.” -Anonymous
Perhaps the most accurate and poignant aspect that I can present about this race is that they tend to the nursery that we are part of. They are the gardeners, the policemen, the guardians, and the caretakers of sentient life on earth.
In our section of the galaxy there are a number of solar systems that are used as a kind of incubator for the development of sentient life. It is not only our solar system, but includes the Alpha Centauri system as well as a few others.
These environments are protected and monitored by a (sort of) federation of planets who has established that the <redacted> race as governing ability. To this end, it is the Type-I grey extraterrestrials who are involved in “tending” and “cultivating” humans toward ultimate sentience.
They have been doing so for some time.
Their goal is to help shepherd the human race towards a more “perfect” or “ideal” form or spiritual soul archetype based on our biology. But that is ultimately not possible, as entities such as mammalian humanoids tend to develop in different ways.
Therefore this species benefits significantly on a personal level whenever certain humans adopt an archetype direction that favors their spiritual intentions.
They, in other words, tend to this nursery to help cultivate the human race for the goals and objectives of the <redacted>. But, in the case of wayward humans who’s archetypes do not fit into the ideal (as described by the <redacted> race), they can then possess and utilize them as they see fit. Ultimately either [1] absorbing their soul quanta, or [2] farming them like a sort of cattle (to obtain their quanta and life experiences).
This is very disturbing to me.
In short, to put things in a very simple form, it boils down to two development choices. (There are other kinds of sentience’s. But for 85% of humans, they develop into but two specific kinds of sentience.) Both are a function of the “direction of” sentience. (A kind of interim sentience that is not yet fully formed.)
[Option 1] Service to Others Sentience
If one becomes a “service to others” related entity they are able to evolve to a “purer” state. We can develop into a series of new forms and soul archetypes. As we grow and learn, we advance. We shed the old, and expand our mind, our spirit and our very being. We reach out towards God and work towards that goal.
This is a good things, and doing so enables us to continue towards a development structure in accordance with the <redacted> race’s objectives.
This is, I believe a “pure” evolutionary path. It is a path that is considered to be the ideal by the <redacted> race. It is a harmonious path which will lead to great benefits to the human souls which strive towards this ideal.
[Option 2] Service to Self Sentience
If however, the human entity shows a strong propensity for “service to self” type behaviors that entity is permitted to evolve appropriately as well. However the evolution will take on a much more “physically grounded” bent.
This is one of either two directions. They are ether [1] absorption into the Type-I grey extraterrestrial hive, or to [2] evolve into a “farmed” creature. The choice that is made is determined by the overall soul quanta configuration that is the ultimate result of the personal decisions, behaviors and actions of the entity during their reincarnations on the earth.
The differences between a service to self person as compared to a service to others person can be quite stark.
For example, here is a video that records an exchange between Congress and a member of the Obama Administrations GSA who was quite lavish in the spending of government money. One of the events involved spending a large amount of money to assemble bicycles. The official justified spending the money because they later donated the bicycles to children. But, dear reader, that is a service to self activity. A service to self person ALWAYS uses other funds, money, abilities, tasks, time, or people instead of their own in providing things to benefit others. Go here.
The better decision of the two options will lead towards absorption into the collective hive. They will become part of the Type-I grey extraterrestrial collective. This will be either as a member or as a subservient species. The worse of the two options is to become that of farmed cattle for this race.
This means that the human who chooses this path will choose an eternity of suffering. This will happen in one way or the other. They will experience an endless cycle of reincarnation events all directed towards pain, sadness and hurt designed to maximize collective experiences.
Then, the Type-I grey extraterrestrial collective would steal or farm these experiences though obtainment of the quanta. The entity would then begin again as if they never had that experience in the first place. It is, then a living hell for all eternity for that soul. It becomes a endless cycle of reincarnation into difficult lives, where the entity would experience pain and sorry, only to have those experiences stolen from them; forcing them to relive that experience over and over again. Often the same experience will occur time over time, but in slightly different manifestations.
The Type-I grey extraterrestrials consider humans to be their “property”.
The “service to self” sentience can be divided further into two sub-classes. The primary “service to self” sentience which behaves as the “management tier”, and a “lesser” sentience form known as the “service to another” sentience which are nothing more than drones that eventually serve the primary. There is a meme devoted to these individuals as they are rather well-known. This meme is known as the NPC meme.
Species Longevity
They are not a dying race.
Some of the disinformation that is floating about on the Internet makes this preposterous claim. But there is nothing to substantiate it. In fact, this claim has been repeated so often, and with such alacrity that it is part of the “myth of the greys”. A guaranteed method to test that validity of the person reporting on this race is to see if they repeat this myth.
There is no evidence that their race is dying or needs human support in any way to perpetuate their races existence. We know that they have been involved with the human race for at least 30,000 years. They have been visiting Earth for much longer. Perhaps they have been visiting for hundreds of thousands of years. (It is not unreasonable to consider 300,000 years, or even longer.)
They have also been visiting many other solar systems as well. In fact, they have colonies all through our galactic region. As strange as it seems, they prefer to occupy solar systems around cooler stars, mostly class K and M red dwarfs.
Our sun is, perhaps, a little too energetic for them [20]. However, I really don’t think that flare stars, or variable stars [21] are desirable. Generally from their point of view, this is a habitable solar system for their race, but only marginally so
[20] Energetic refers to both the physical environment and the great quantum level forces and tides that wash though our dimensional consciousness in this region.
[21] Associated with the cooler K and M class stars. These are generally associated and manifested as sun spots and jets of plasma and radiation.
Their original parent race most probably has a different physical appearance than they do in our solar system. They adjust their physical and soul bodies to accommodate the region where they inhabit. Therefore, they are not dying, but rather in the long and drawn out process of adaptation to our solar system. And our solar system is but one of the many [22] that they occupy
[22] I do not know the true number. No one does. But to consider that they have had active spaceflight ability and interstellar flight ability for such a long time, it is absolutely conceivable that they occupy, in one way or the other, many other planets. Perhaps these planets number in the hundreds or even thousands.
There is no element of desperation or urgency in their activities. They perform their tasks with precision and infinite patience. They do not appear to be ill or diseased. Their equipment is always in excellent shape and working order. They never seem to have traits characteristic of a dying race or a civilization in collapse. They just appear different to us humans, with a different appearance, strange and unusual motives, and closed behavior. This unusual demeanor is difficult for us humans to understand, so we try to rationalize it to with within one kind of role that we can understand. Often, however, the understanding that we associate with it is wildly inaccurate.
Technology Level
They possess a far higher level of technology than humans. Human technology is still fixed rigidly in classical mechanics. They passed this level of understanding hundreds of thousands of years ago. The ancestral relatives of proto-humans were proto-simian when this race first started exploring our solar system’s space. They have been in our solar system for a long, long time. In fact, they tend to think of humans as their very own creations, for some reason
[It is a pervasive and perpetual position of possession. To fully understand this belief that they maintain, you need to have had the same understanding and experiences that I have had with them.
To put that in perspective, imagine that this race was approximately 2000 years more advanced than we are currently today, but that was about 50,000 years ago. Compared to them, we are still monkeys climbing trees. Today, this race is galaxy faring [20], not simply solar system traveling.
[20] This is my personal opinion. It is not verified or documented by anyone else in any way. No drone pilot or extraterrestrial told me this. It is just my educated opinion.
They have mapped a good section of this section of the galaxy and maybe much more. I do not know if they have conducted extended travel lanes or perforated space-time to provide travel to other galaxies, but it is entirely feasible. Maybe they have colonies in the “nearby” Andromeda galaxy. Wouldn’t that be amazing!
To summarize this point, to wit; [1] They have mastered interplanetary spaceflight most certainly. [2] They have also mastered interstellar spaceflight as well. The techniques between these two modes of travel are quite different. They have mastered this ability and have various techniques and methods that they use. It is possible, entirely possible, that they have also mastered [3] intergalactic flight as well.
They offered trade of technological items in exchange for the freedom to move about unencumbered on “our” planet [21]. Essentially, they gave certain items of interest to the United States government with the promise that the United States would restrict the use of certain technologies. These are the technologies that interfere with their crafts operation. Additionally the United States agreed to provide protection against other humans whom might interfere in their tasks, and place certain areas and regions into guarantee for their benefit.
[21] Why carry on so? Why make these points? Because, some of you readers will say this is all anecdotal. Some will attempt to refute each and every point. And others – the especially ignorant – will chime in with a “Well, you have nothing to worry about if you don’t break the laws”. The most retarded of all will opine, “Hey! Shaddup! This is all for our safety and security! (And, for the children…)”
Supposedly, according to the Type-I greys, themselves; their technology level is very advanced, but is apparently much easier to understand (by humans) than that of the<redacted>. But, for some reason, the Type-I greys do not want humans to reverse engineer their <redacted>. Why this is so is unknown. This is one of those questions that must remain unanswered.) I believe, though I am not positively sure, that the anti-gravity mechanism being studied by PACL [22] as part of CARET was an Type-1 technology
[22] Palo Alto CARET Laboratory. This is the laboratory described in the Isaac media release. This lab apparently existed in 1986 in Palo Alto CA.
Dimensional Portal Travel
There are indicators that they can conduct dimensional travel to parallel dimensions. I do not know much about this. We know that they can move within our dimension quite easily.
They have mastered vehicular transportation, and dimensional travel through portals. But the travel to other different universes is an entirely different matter. (I have read from secondary sources that) (T)here is evidence that some of their technologies damage their bodies and cause them a level of trouble and concern. Since their technology level is so advanced, it is possible that this might be due to dimensional travel outside our universe. But this is only speculative on my part.
This should be of no concern of ours, except for the rumors that changes in alternative world lines ultimately can influence our primary world line behaviors
Quantum Programming of Materials
They have the ability to program material behavior by writing on it. This method of programming appears to be circles, spheres, curved lines and odd characters. In actuality, the writing is the physical representation of a quantum based program that resides and coincides with the material. By using this programming method they can cause levitation, invisibility, material modifications, and dimensional transparency. An unauthorized release of a fourth quarter report on re-engineering of the antigravity mechanism of one of the type-1 flight systems clearly shows this style of programming [23].
[23] After the release of the information, there was a massive disinformation campaign against C.A.R.E.T. and it was labeled as a hoax by the major UFO organizations worldwide. However, we now know from Mr. Snowden and confirmed by myself, that many, if not all, of the major United States UFO organizations are now fronts for the NSA. They are involved in the collection of every leak regarding extraterrestrials, and participate in a massive disinformation campaign against any real serious disclosure of merit.
Soul Fabrication & Manipulation
This race, among a large number of other races, has the ability to create devices based on quantum physics principles. They also have an understanding of what soul, memory and identity is. Combined, they have the powerful tool-kit of quantum manipulation. They are able to create soul-level quantum appliances (and appendages).
With soul-level quantum manipulation comes a great degree of powerful physical manipulation techniques. For instance, they can modify and adapt their souls to mate with other entities. They understand soul constructions and how a soul transcends the physical dimensions of time and space. In so understanding, they can themselves switch between dimensions; transcend time, and travel without the limitations of space. They can switch back and forth between soul level constructions and fabrications. They can do this quickly; instantly and with great alacrity. All of these skills are far beyond any level of technology that we can do or even recognize that exists.
DNA & Genetic Manipulation
This race is known to possess a great understanding of genetic engineering [23]. This understanding extends, not only to the physical biological component of the physical body, but into the quantum realms as well. Thus, they have the ability to modify and create other races.
[23] Compared to contemporaneous humans, but far less than the progenitor race and the <redacted>. This provides yet another mystery.
If they are working for (or in conjunction with) the <redacted>, and the <redacted> genetic manipulation technology is truly significantly advanced, then why do they insist on working with MAJestic to “improve” their understanding of the Human genome and it’s manipulation? Certainly it must be for other reasons than just to optimize the <redacted>.
Are they doing a “run around” learning this technology without the “blessings” of the <redacted>? What is the story behind this, and why is it being done in such a manner?
Perhaps I don’t have enough information at my disposal; they might be doing the MAJestic genetic research as a consequence as to improve the genetic pool of humans on the planet. But even if that were the case, I would look askance at their motives. I do not trust them.
They are able to genetically modify the human race, as well as other plants and animals. They are able to create and use and entangle souls with their DNA constructions. They are able to animate biological creations, and move a given individual’s soul from one physical artifice to another.
They are able to create their own custom genetic bodies to reside on different planets and to live around other stars. They have had this ability for thousands of years.
Any appraisal of their technical ability is speculative. We cannot make a determination of how advanced they are simply because our understanding of our universe is so primitive. But for purposes of illustration, I consider them to be clearly five or more centuries ahead of human technological skill. Which is pretty arrogant of me; seeing that they are hundreds of thousands of years older, as a race, than we are.
Species Origination Point
It is unknown where they originated from. Anyone who states that they know where this race evolved from is wrong. No human knows for sure. The information provided for on the Internet is wrong. What they state and say are most certainly lies and half-truths. The fact, and the hard core truth, is that no one knows where their origination world lies.
There are many who repeat the statement that they originated from the Zeta Reticuli solar system. This is certainly a good candidate solar system for Earth like planets as it consists of two sun like stars (Class “G”).
However, I for one, wish to stand apart from the general consensus on this point. I have my reasons, as stated elsewhere. But perhaps the greatest reason for my reservations has to do with what I know while working in close proximity with them. Generally, they tell us what we can understand. They do not tell us the actual truth.
Besides, their original point of evolution prior to achieving space-travel ability was around a much cooler and dimmer star. One that emitted light in the decidedly red spectrum.
I disagree with the contention that they evolved biologically and naturally in the Zeta Reticuli system. While I do certainly believe that they may have colonies or bases in the system, I do not believe that it is their home origination point.
Consider the possibility of an earth like planet around an Earth like star in a region of space that had been seeded by extraterrestrials for human-like beings. It is far more likely that this system harbors human-appearing extraterrestrials than it is to harbor radically divergent species with a differing soul structure configuration. (I think and believe, but this point of view is arguable. I welcome other points of view and opinions on this.)
What we do know that they have inhabited a large number of solar systems for hundreds of thousands of years.
Depending on the solar system and world that they inhabit, they must create a hybrid body to occupy and live in. Thus, their appearance to us humans is the hybrid genetic container that they use in this particular solar system (A single “G” class star with moderately sized gas giants past the “frost zone”.). Since the Zeta Reticuli system is similar to our solar system, the hybrid body that they would occupy, if they originated from this system, would be more human-like and not what we currently see them as. (Again, this point of view is debatable.)
We know that they use a hybrid container to visit this solar system with. The bodies that we see are not their naturally evolved bodies. Therefore, the planet and star that they evolved around is not like our sun or Earth.
Thus, I find it difficult to reconcile that Zeta Reticuli is their origination point. If there would be a nearby race that would have originated from the Zeta Reticuli solar system, it is far more likely that it be associated with the <redacted> extraterrestrials. Not the Type-I Grey extraterrestrials.
Type-I Grey Presumed Planetary Environment
I really never read (MAJestic reports or journals found in binders) any specifics concerning the “home world” of this extraterrestrial specie. However, their actions and behaviors that I have observed point to some undeniable conclusions regarding the influences in adaptation for their bodies in our solar system. To this, I must add my disclaimer that what I present here is speculative based upon my knowledge and experience being entangled. It is in no way reflective of official MAJestic belief.
Apparently the species originated on a planet that was smaller than the earth, but larger than Mars. The atmospheric composition maintained an oxygen / nitrogen atmosphere, but the percentage of oxygen was lower than it is on the earth. That being said, the do seem to prefer a higher atmospheric pressure than what is considered normal on the earth. Their “home planet” apparently orbits a much dimmer star than our Sun, and it is perhaps a K-class or M-class red dwarf.
My personal and unique belief is that I would best suppose their origination point to be around a dimmer star than our sun. This is because of their actions and activities. They tend to conduct extravehicular forays out of their protective craft, on the Earth, at night or under dim lighting conditions. Their interior lighting is dim and in the infrared spectrum.
Combined, these points indicate an unescapable conclusion; their biological processes tend to behave as if our star, a type G star, is too energetic for them.
The Zeta Reticuli system holds two stars and both stars are solar analogs that share similar characteristics with the Sun. My guess and appraisal is for a parent home world that is around a much cooler star. Perhaps their sun is a class K or M red dwarf sun.
We do know that they have colonies in most of the solar systems that surround our solar system. We do not know why they have so many colonies. Nor do we know why they occupy these systems or what their ultimate objectives are.
We are reasonably confident that they did not originate or evolve on the Earth.
Slaves vs. Helpers
Some individuals write that this species is a slave race to yet another race. In fact, it has become the de facto “established” disinformation on the Internet concerning this race. Just use your favorite search engine and type in “grey + slave race”. You will get hundreds of webpages regarding this nonsense.
Most all of them say same the same thing. It is often repeated, and it is all disinformation. It is all bullshit[24]. It is not true. It is not even remotely true. It is wholly and absolutely in error. How can anyone who has worked with these being come to that conclusion? They simply cannot[25]. It is impossible.
[24] It could be either intentional disinformation, ravings of a lunatic fringe that somehow entered the mainstream UFO community, or out and out results of a successful for-profit motivation. Whatever it is, it is absolutely false.
[25] I can understand a person misidentifying a terrestrial United States disc-shaped saucer as an extraterrestrial space-traverse-capable vehicle. I can understand a person misidentifying a picture of rocket launch debris as a extraterrestrial object, possibly fabricated. I can even forgive those who are “abducted” misidentifying the event as an attempt to thwart their quantum soul’s desires. But there is absolutely no way to even remotely give credence to the Reptilian slaver nonsense. This is just complete horse-shit.
I do not believe this for one second. They are NOT a slave race.
There is no “wiggle room” in this statement. It is absolute.
My experience indicates that the concept of a slave race is a human fabrication to describe a sub-species dominated by another species. The relationships between different extraterrestrial races are complex. We don’t understand them. But the idea that the Type-1 greys are a slave race is not valid at all. I saw no examples of this, or anything that would validate this belief or theory.
They are not slaves of some other race, such as the “Reptilians”[26], as some might have one believe. Nor were they cloned by them to be a slave race.
[26] Reptilians (also called reptoids, reptiloids, or draconians) are purported reptilian humanoids that play a prominent role in science fiction, as well as modern ufology and conspiracy theories. The idea of reptilians on Earth was popularized by David Icke, a conspiracy theorist who says shape-shifting reptilian people control our world by taking on human form and gaining political power to manipulate our societies. Icke has claimed on multiple occasions that many of the world leaders are, or are possessed by, reptilians ruling the world. I know nothing about this. To me, this is all fantastical, and marginally believable.
There are many valid reasons behind this reasoning, but if this were to be true, then [1] we would be having dealings with the parent race of “owners”. And, as far as I know, we do not have this relationship. Nor is this kind of relationship ever [2] mentioned in the text that <redacted>. Finally, [3] my interactions with this race was, for the most part, neutrally positive. I never felt that any kind of subservient specie interplay was ever involved. Anyone who has even spent five minutes with this race would be able to tell you, most assuredly, that they are certainly NOT a slave race.
I have never seen a “Reptilian”. If they were a slave race to this other race, I am pretty confident that I would have seen some of these “Reptilians” around. I spent a large number of years working with this Type-1 Grey extraterrestrials, and I have never seen any other race of creatures ordering them about, directing them or treating them as a servant subspecies in any way [27]. From time to time, there would be an occasional race that would participate and direct a specific task, but the working environment was always mutually respectful. It was always respectful
[27] They do have a unique working “understanding” with the <redacted> race. But that is a very complex relationship, one that I have a great deal of difficulty comprehending.
Planetary Conquest
“They concluded, in 1964, that there were at least four different groups coming here, observing us, surveying us, analyzing us, closely watching us, what we were up to, what we were doing.” -Robert Dean, Retired US Army Command Sergeant Major
Some writers believe that the ultimate objective of the Type-1 grey extraterrestrials is to control and rule the world. They are quite wrong. This is a very simplistic understanding of how the universe works.
If they wanted to “seize” the planet earth, they would have taken it 200,000 years ago[28].
[28] Technically, they already did so, and we are just humans living within their structured kennel. But, that is perhaps too much for the reader to grasp at this point of time, and it is actually not entirely true. The relationship and the issues involved are complex ones, indeed.
If they wanted to fabricate their own sub-race of slaves, they would have done so before the building of the pyramids in Egypt[29].
[29] Ancient Egypt was an ancient civilization of Northeastern Africa, concentrated along the lower reaches of the Nile River in what is now the modern country of Egypt. It is one of six civilizations globally to arise independently. Egyptian civilization coalesced around 3150 BC (according to conventional Egyptian chronology) with the political unification of Upper and Lower Egypt under the first pharaoh.
The history of ancient Egypt occurred in a series of stable Kingdoms, separated by periods of relative instability known as Intermediate Periods: the Old Kingdom of the Early Bronze Age, the Middle Kingdom of the Middle Bronze Age and the New Kingdom of the Late Bronze Age.
They participated in the biological alteration of the human genome over 30,000 years ago, possibly much longer (the more or less exact dates are provided elsewhere in my writings). They also played an integral part in the observation, monitoring and biological advancement of the human race over the centuries. Their interest has always been formalized and consistent.
We could not resist any kind of forceful enslavement by them, or any warlike battles initiated by them. They are indeed quite a formidable race, with extensive technological achievements under their belt[30], and they have the support of numerous[31] galactic federations.
[30] This is an American idiom that means that you have an experience or a qualification under your belt, you have completed it successfully, and it may be useful to you in the future.
[31] There are more than just one “federation” of species on multiple worlds and planes of existence in our galaxy at this particular time frame.
We could no longer repel and invasion by them, as could the Dodo[32] repel their ultimate extinction.
[32] A flightless bird that was endemic to the island of Mauritius, east of Madagascar in the Indian Ocean. Its closest genetic relative was the also extinct Rodrigues solitaire, the two forming the subfamily Raphinae of the family of pigeons and doves.
They have no objectives relating to the conquest of Earth[33], nor do they have any interest in enslaving humans[34].
[33] In a like manner; the United States Federal government has no interest in invading and seizing control of Tennessee. Tennessee is part of the United States. (Duh!)
[34] Although they would be quite happy “farming” us for our experiences and quanta configurations.
As best as I can relate to the reader; their role in this solar system is functional. They are the “police men”; the “zoo keepers”, the “caretakers”, the “observers” who are entrusted by the <redacted> species to operate and monitor “our” solar system.
They do this because (functionally) our solar system is a (intentional and planned) nursery for evolving intelligences.
I do not know why it is such a place and why it has this function, but that is what it is.
These Type-I greys are the active guardians here and they help and guide the development of our species. Their guidance might cause them to do and conduct operations that we, as humans, might find distasteful. That might include [1] the precipitation of wars; [2] the elimination of certain human races, [3] the insertion of certain illnesses or diseases into the human population, or even [4] the complete destruction of the human race if it came down to that.
They are the de facto rulers / owners of this solar system. They control us. They always have.
Their Objectives
Their objectives were never clearly announced to the MAJestic leadership. They simply led us to believe what we wanted to regarding them. Depending on the management structure in the MAJestic collaborative venture, their objectives were always suspect, but believed to be in the best interests of the United States, provided that MAJestic maintained control over information dissemination.
This is not really actually true. It is just what MAJestic believed. However, their absorption of human-derived quantum envelopes and clouds to their quantum matrix is a decided possibility[35].
They have a vested interest in this kind of acquisition. It helps grow the collective so as to acquire a sort of “critical mass” enabling the group hive to attain a degree of dimensional instability permitting a higher energy form or state (overall for the collective). This is the key reason and purpose for their machinations regarding the human race. It does not concern physical obtainment of land titles and control, but rather the absorptions of preconfigured quanta in bulk and usefulness potential.
They already control, or have “ownership” of everything on the earth[36].
[36] From their point of view, we are like two dogs that are caged in a kennel. Here we are; fighting over a bone or two thrown inside the fence. We watch us fighting with disconnected amusement, and perhaps a slight amount of concern, but do not worry about us. They know that eventually the fighting will end and a new cycle of life would begin. Their only concern is the maintenance of the kennel and the overall value of the dogs inside the kennel.
An organized quantum; that forms quantum clouds of quantum-dances and cloud-behaviors, are the currency of our galaxy, if not the universe.
Those races that can alter, modify, and manipulate quanta, do so for a purpose. As such, they collect, harvest, manipulate and use these collections of quanta.
To farm organized quanta, a given race would need to (1) create a race of beings that would accumulate experiences. Then, direct the race to act in a way (2) or behavior that results in a wide range of experiences; especially ones with the extremes of emotional attachments. This is set in place so that they can collect (3) the quantum attachments so experienced by their human surrogates. Then their collection process would involve the (4) absorption of the individual entities’ quantum clouds. Finally, the collection of the quantum clouds are absorbed (5), along with the individual souls, into a new form or quantum configuration (6); one that is in alignment with their matrix or hive configuration. This then, my friends, is what they are doing.
Whether the human race will succumb to this kind of soul-stealing program will be up to the individual humans who live in this local regional sphere of influence. We do have individual control in this matter[37].
[37] Of the group behaviors of our race and sub-species.
The greedy, materially oriented, selfish and self-centered will be absorbed[38].
[38] There is nothing related to “good” vs. “evil” in this. It is actually very simple. A hive or matrix soul configuration is one that uses a set of particular quanta that is organized in a very exact manner. It just so happens that the organization of their clusters is wholly compatible with individual soul archetype with quantum clusters organized by a “Service to self” individual. Those who are generally selfish will find that their quanta are easy to absorb, steal, farm and utilize by other races.
Those of differing persuasions will evolve along different paths. All humans will all eventually evolve spiritually, and their souls will reconfigure themselves appropriately. It is the nature of the universe.
Perhaps, and it is my contention, that it is a strong possibility that their interaction with humans on the Earth is to assist in the evolution of the human biological envelope towards the creation of “experience vehicles”. These biological modifications permit a hive or matrix soul to expand though collection or farming[39] of other entities experiences.
[39] In “farming”, one race sets up conditions that cause another race to acquire experiences. Then, the parent race “farms” the individual for those experiences. Thus the “slave” or “farmed” race is used like an apple tree.
Every couple of cycles the apples are collected, and the tree does not benefit from their collection. It neither provides offspring that will grow into new tree, nor does the apples revitalize the ground surrounding the tree. This is a particularly bad situation for a human with an individual soul construct.
The individual might find themselves getting into wars and battles and other horrible events, over and over again, but never learning from the situations and never remembering what had transpired. They live a life of torture; to experience the worst of the world over and over again, never being granted release. Never evolving beyond the experiences.
The collection of the human experiences can only be acquired through absorption of the human modified quantum cloud. As such, I can easily see a long term evolutionary program. One that is designed to create herds of human or other biological creatures that would obtain experiences of various types[40] for a species (such as the type-1 grey) to utilize and capitalize on.
[40] Typically the events are painful, tragic, harmful and harsh. For those are the treasured and valuable experiences that really help a quantum cloud soul evolve. But when they are farmed, the soul which experiences the events never gets to benefit from them.
As such, the greatest collection and diversity of experiences would be the most beneficial to the entities. By steering these individuals toward “service to self” adaptive personalities, they could eventually, absorb the human quantum cloud into their own. In so doing, the end result would be having the individual type human soul change into the hive or matrix soul of the Type I grey collective. I can easily see this happening[41].
[41] Every selfish act, every hurtful act derived through selfish behavior steers a soul toward a state of absorption by another race. For humans, there are a number of races that greatly want to absorb or farm the human soul archetype.
It does not matter what the event was either. That game that you cheated on when you were a child; the lies you told your wife to keep a selfish secret, or the pens that you hoarded from the work supply cabinet all contributes to a selfish derived quantum cluster.
This, unfortunately, does happen somewhat already. (Thus part of the reason why this nursery for evolving intelligences is kept isolated from the rest of the galactic federation.)
Every reincarnation; is a cycle of rebirth and death on the physical “battlefield” of experience attainment.
Currently, it is my understanding that there is a cost or a “fee” that humans must pay to undergo this cycle. The “fee” is paid to the Type-I greys in terms of a kind of tax. Certain clusters of experience from broad groups of humans are farmed, but at a very insignificant level; perhaps less than 3% of the total lifetime experience of a given individual. Unfortunately, some individuals get more farmed, while other get less. This is unfortunate, as it sets up a situation whereas the soul has to relive the experiences again over and over until they overcome the event sequence.
Thus the truth of the entire picture and why the Type-I greys are involved, and why the <redacted> race is involved. The <redacted> want the souls going through this intermediary (human) form to evolve into galactic federation approved forms; hopefully to be compatible or on the same level as they themselves are.
They cultivate us.
While the Type-1 greys farm us currently at a low level, and help precipitate experiences for us to endure so if we evolve into “service-to-self” sentience’s, then they can most readily farm our activities for organized quanta. Organized quanta comes in different forms and shapes. Some are more valuable than others. And thus are prized.
The Type-1 greys tend to force certain souls and individuals to relive certain experiences over and over again so that they can “collect” these “ripe fruit” of quantum clusters.
Species Goals and Objectives
This species has overall objectives that appear to be founded on a rigid autocratic system based on a complex group thought process. They appear to be a dominating survival-based social order, but that is not correct. Their intentions are mysterious, but not incompatible with humans at all.
They are religious in the sense that they have made it a science. Their science is in (an apparently) paired agreement with the (bulk of) earth’s major religions. It is primarily quantum mechanics[42] based which is a science of applied thoughts.
[42] Quantum mechanics (QM – also known as quantum physics, or quantum theory) is a branch of physics which deals with physical phenomena at nanoscopic scales where the action is on the order of the Planck constant.
It departs from classical mechanics primarily at the quantum realm of atomic and subatomic length scales. Quantum mechanics provides a mathematical description of much of the dual particle-like and wave-like behavior and interactions of energy and matter.
Quantum mechanics provides a substantially useful framework for many features of the modern periodic table of elements including the behavior of atoms during chemical bonding and has played a significant role in the development of many modern technologies.
They typically try to derive autocratic control of the major religious orders through various means that are unknown to the humans that they manipulate. Luckily, these efforts are known by the <redacted> who curb their activities substantially.
Because of events in the past centuries, the Type-1 greys are absolutely forbidden to manipulate the Catholic church. They had been manipulating that religious body for centuries, and the <redacted> put an end to it. They are now manipulating another religious body in the middle east instead. Their goals, purposes and objectives are unknown to me regarding this.
Intentions
"The type of UFO reports that are most intriguing are close-range sightings of machine-like objects of unconventional nature and unconventional performance characteristics, seen at low altitudes, and sometimes even on the ground. The general public is entirely unaware of the large number of such reports that are coming from credible witnesses... When one starts searching for such cases, their number are quite astonishing. Also, such sightings appear to be occurring all over the globe."
-- Prof. James E. McDonald (past head of the Institute of Atmospheric Physics at the University of Arizona), "Are UFOs Extraterrestrial Surveillance Craft?", talk given at AIAA (American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics), 1968
They are not inherently evil. They are a neutral race inhabiting artificial bodies to work and exist within our solar system. Since they live in the solar system, they are particularly interested in the Earth and what occurs here. We do not (officially) know for sure why they are so interested[43]. Of course, I have my own opinions that are stated here. But they are not the “official” MAJestic belief.
[43] Their motivations are as stated previously. They seem to be intent on the collection of advancing individual soul entities that are NOT successful in evolving in this solar system nursery for evolving races. They seem to have a role as interstellar caretakers for this particular region and they seem to be operating under the control of a local galactic entity who utilizes the Mantid race as the local authorizes.
They have an active role in cultivating the human race. This solar system is a nursery for evolving intelligences. They are its caretakers. The human race will evolve because of their actions. What it will evolve into depends upon many factors, but whatever form the human species evolves into, both the <redacted> and the Type-1 greys will benefit.
MAJestic Policy Position (dated to 2005)
“If aliens visit us, the outcome would be much as when Columbus landed in America, which didn't turn out well for the Native Americans.” -Stephen Hawking
Officially, according to <redacted>; they are interested in this solar system for their own reasons (which, according to the official writings, are suspect but not malevolent) and they have entered a treaty with the United States to enable them to pursue their own “mysterious” interests.
What these interests are has never been disclosed to any MAJestic member short of those in the upper tiers of the organization. (Their goals and intentions vary from species to species, but in regards to the central species; the <redacted> and their “helpers” the Type-1 greys, it is restricted to the highest levels of the MAJestic organization. Us working “grunts” had no clue as to their assumed and true objectives with humans.) The rank and file do not have a clue as to what these supposed goals are.
However, in all the <redacted> (when collected as a whole), it has become abundantly and repeatedly clear (to me) that their true and real intentions have never been specifically vociferated to the MAJestic management.
It is my opinion that the overall impression that we all maintained was a positive one, and that they were trying to help the human race through a period of uncomfortable growth. I believe that most within the organization would agree with me on this appraisal.
Officially; MAJestic believes that the Type-1 grey extraterrestrial specie is an emissary species that represents a larger “Federation” of intergalactic-travel-capable species.
They believe that this species is assisting the earth qualify for membership in this “Federation”.
To this end, the human race must [1] be patient [44].
[44] The reader can forget any notion that mankind would be ready within our lifetimes. It will not be. We need to sort out our sentience first, and this will probably be a very ugly and uncomfortable event or series of events.
They do not care if we have a one-world government or not.
All they care about is our majority sentience type configuration. Membership in any federation will not occur until our sentience is established. That way our RNA can be modified to fit a galatically approved archetype.
Humans must [2] gain substantive control over nuclear armament [45].
[45] This would be a near complete elimination of all nuclear weapons and control and delivery systems. Further knowledge and manufacturing of such systems, as well as delivery and control systems would be maintained under the new federal centralized control.
Humans must [3] significantly reduce pollution levels, and [4] have a significant reduction in the world-wide population level [46]. (As strange and horrific as this seems. [47])
[46] According to my understanding; the global world-wide population is to be no greater than 1.5 billion humans at the time of successive entry into the “Federation” sphere of influence. Currently it is almost 9x that value.
It is projected and expected that entry and qualifications for entry will engage within a 600 year time period. It will not happen in the next 25 years.
[47] Apparently, they accept the possibility of proving human leadership with various weapons of mass destruction as long as it will eventually result in world-wide decimation of the human race to more acceptable levels. They do not want the mitigating factors to be nuclear, however, but rather biological or chemical as they are easy (relatively) to clean up and eliminate from the surface of the planet.
In exchange for assistance in these manner, MAJestic will be (and is currently) being [A] rewarded with technology and science transfers, and given [B] sole control and authority in extraterrestrial control and visitation.
At the same time, I am quite confident that the MAJestic leadership wants to protect the interests of humans and the American government. They are careful and cautious with their dealings with all extraterrestrial species. I do know that during periods of disagreements with certain species, humans did not fare well, and this put the MAJestic leadership on notice that they must indeed be cautious and careful.
The more specific opinions that I have are solely my own, and not part of any MAJestic analysis. I obtained them through a combination of experience and entanglement. The reader should take them at face value and ascribe a value appropriately. I personally believe that the MAJestic leadership belief is a simplistic one, and is not entirely accurate.
Disclosure by a Scientist that studied these entities
“This Man Went Missing After Creating A Single Reddit Post”
This is a really great listen.
From the late 2000s to the mid-2010s, I worked as a molecular biologist for a national security contractor in a program to study Exo-Biospheric-Organisms (EBO). I will share with you a lot of information on this subject. Feel free to ask questions or ask for clarification.
This man went missing after a single Reddit post.
Very few Reddit posts have sparked as many questions and theories as the one authored by the molecular biologist who claimed to have worked on Exo-Biospheric Organisms.
The sheer depth of detail in the post, combined with the author’s apparent expertise and use of precise scientific terminology, captivated not only casual readers but also professionals in related fields.
1) 1.28 Sub-contractor study. Correct. The research was outsourced from USA DOD Gov.
2) 2.00 “Chimera” = many of the so called ‘Greys’ are biological constructs as I have said.
3) 6.50 Location of research identified. (Note. The visuals of the piece are irrelevant fiction).
4) 7.20 BSL 3 and BSL 2 Facility is underground as also reported by other sources before.
5) 7.30 Storage of bodies is at – 80 c. (normal parameter).
6) 7.45 Controlled environment. I too have worked under such conditions (normal).
7) 7.55 ET Pilots are victims of crash situation. Consistent with ‘Snatch’ recovery protocol.
8) 8.10 Cell cultures are grown. Hence in theory a body or organ could be ‘grown’ again.
9) 9.20 Clear a long history of human/ET DNA cross breeding or genetic engineering.
10) 9.45 Historically previous separation of environments of development, suggest they may have originated at some time from an Earth/Mars ecology but taken different evolutionary pathways to the present related but diverse configuration. Many Earth cultures were advanced.
11) 10.10 They can interbreed with humans.
12) 10.25 Normal procreation not possible. In interbreeding genetic IVA is necessary to bring on, hence the known foetus growing chambers as witnessed many times by abductees.
13) 10.58 Radiation buffers useful if working in a partially radiated zone or ‘craft’.
14) 11.30 Highly stripped down DNA for maximum efficiency indicates way ahead of humans.
15) 11.50 Totally genetically engineered bodies.
16) 13.20 Highly organised DNA – however built this knows what they are doing for light years.
17) 14.00 Genetic interaction at foetal development so the bodies are system designed to purpose. They can ‘make’ any creature they need for a given targeted purpose in domain.
18) 14.40 There could likely be twins or clones as seen many times in ET contact. They look alike and of any one ‘individual’ there could be a number, or even a large number (“I Robot”).
19) 15.30 Genes from humans/animals and ET, hence the ‘strange harvests’ of Earth animals.
20) EPIG 11 could indicate it may be possible to reproduce such a body in an Earth lab?
21) 17.35 Bovine serum mentioned. Hence the cows acquired by ET in the USA and body parts.
22) 18.00 Look like the ‘greys’ as reported.
23) 18.30 The outer layer is like a divers ‘wet suit’ – under which is the actual ‘skin’.
24) 19.00 They don’t ‘shit’, they sweat. Some greys have been noted to ‘stink’ sometimes.
25) 19.20 No teeth. They don’t ‘eat’. You are not going to be ‘eaton’ by an ET.
26) 18.40 They may not have a sense of smell like humans?
27) 19.00 The airway arrangement is different may be somewhat like a cat (speculative?).
28) 20.00 They wear contact lens ‘sunglasses’ and we know they are sensitive to UV light.
The home origin environment is likely at a much lower light level than on Earth as they have ‘night vision’ and tend to operate on Earth at night. You could say in Earth terms nocturnal.
29) 20.10 Suggests the home environment is constantly lit, no night time, possible twin stars.
30) 20.40 They see colour differently to humans and with a wider spectrum.
31) 21.00 Hearing ranges into low frequencies, like some Owls and Elephants and Whales.
32) 21.10 Four brain zones as I have always said.
33) 21.30 Bigger brain and better supplied with nutrients. They are smarter than humans.
34) 21.40 Their brains interact directly with their technology, an evolution of ‘heads up’.
35) 22.00 They don’t audibly ‘speak’.
36) 22.20 No naval. They are not brought on in a biological womb. They are cultured in vitro.
37) 22.30 Simpler bu similar hands to humans and they have ‘fingerprints’ (circles).
38) 23.00 Feet show a greatly evolved time line. You could say the feet are slightly pig like.
39) 23.10 Indications they live in a lower gravity or sometimes gravity free space. Weaker body.
40) 23.50 Indictions the beings examined were very ‘old’ – much older than human lives.
41) 24.00 They breath oxygen. The lungs are similar to birds and may indicate a dinosaur connection historically. Question? Where would dinosaurs be if they had not been exterminated?
42) 24.10 They need higher oxygen brain support and ETs have been seen to use breathing support tubes when in an Earth environment. Their brains use more oxygen than humans.
43) 24.20 They vocalise if they do by purring and may have sounds more like cats.
44) 25,20 The heart has similarity to humans but the efficiency of the blood is higher and the body is more ‘electric’ in neurological voltages.
45) 26.40 They excrete via the pores of their arms and legs. The skin of the ‘body’ may absorb nutrients as ETs have been observed to ‘bath’ in shallow vats of enzymes. Obtained from animals (and humans sometimes), also algae and sea life. They take showers of ‘broth’ to feed.
46) 27.40 They don’t ‘eat’ as such like we do and they do not have the same sensory taste .
47) 29.00 Food – ‘broth’ is rich in sugar and protein and may be not only taken but ‘absorbed’ via the skin of the body?
48) 29.45 They have an immune system but cannot easily adapt to new viral infections (The death of the invaders in ‘War of The Worlds’ book/film).
49) 29.55 The body may have micro mechanical machines in maintenance functions (bio bots).
50) 31.20 They understand the ‘soul’ is a field like a gravimetric field and they can translate this field from one ‘body’ to another. They never die in an intellectual form. Neither do humans.
51) Evolution of the intellect is magnified by group activity. ETs always operate in groups of two, three, six or nine and inter respond with each other. They rarely operate singularly.
52) 32.00 This is similar to the ‘Jung’ concept of the ‘oversoul’ the total mind field of a species.
53) 32.50 Some speculation here not born out by experience and observations. The overall motivation of the ETs is the expansion of complexity and seeking matrix evolvement (The Borg) in that respect they may view the Earth and humans as useful source of both DNA, cultural diversity and emotional experience as their somewhat ‘hive’ mentality may be fascinated by the human civilisation but they don’t see the investment into individual ego (Trump) as of value to the whole body of consciousness – as Forrestal asked, “Are they Communists?” – Yes.
54) 36.00 The attempts to suppress the above information seems to be driven by the US need to gain some military or economic advantage from learning from the many years of research that has produced this report, however the rather paranoid mentality of the USA culture is further restricted by religious prejudice within the the elected members who fear that such matters beyond their ken originates from, ‘The work of the Devil’ similar to medieval thought.
55) However ET seems more concerned with using Earth as a test tube or culture pallet and advancing their own evolution by cherry picking what they need from us and the ecology.
56) From previous experience it is obvious that ET will NOT allow their test tube to be destroyed by human nuclear destruction on a Worldwide level even if some 2000 tests have been conducted in the past 79 years.
60) The Genie is out of the bottle and cannot be put back in. As the author of the report states the longer the disclosure of the above facts is withheld from the public the worse the ‘blowback’ could be and the potential complete loss of faith by people in their governments.
61) In closing the above research was within a Special Access Program (USA) and is not within the general oversight of Congress or even The White House at this time.
Ends.
Obvious Interests
They do have obvious interests. There are many examples of this. They do not want the earth to be radioactive, or to be overly polluted [48]. And they will go at great lengths to guarantee that this will not happen. They have, at other times, completely disabled the launch systems of ICBMs [49], the engagement of nuclear weapon arming systems, and the assignation of key leaders that they deem as dangerous to the general welfare of humans on Earth
[48] The earth is valuable. Even though it is a bit more energetic for most extraterrestrials to live in our solar system, it is still considered to be quite an important piece of real estate. Perhaps, one in 25 systems or more have a planet that has a marginally habitable planet that orbits the parent star. Thus the Earth is, indeed, quite important.
No race is overly concerned about the human race. It is considered that humans will come and go. Humans will follow the path of other emerging intelligences of races that shared the earth as a nursery proving ground. Maybe in 30,000 years, humans might be extinct or will have evolved into something else.
Therefore, it is very important for extraterrestrials to make sure that humans do not damage the Earth irreparably. The detonation of excessive nuclear weapons might damage the Earth biosphere irreparably.
[49] An Intercontinental Ballistic Missile (ICBM) is a ballistic missile with a minimum range of more than 5,500 kilometers (3,400 mi) primarily designed for nuclear weapons delivery (delivering one or more nuclear warheads). Similarly conventional, chemical and biological weapons can also be delivered with varying effectiveness. Most modern designs support multiple independently targetable reentry vehicles (MIRVs), allowing a single missile to carry several warheads, each of which can strike a different target.
It is very possible that the “conflicts” or “disagreements” between MAJestic and the Type-I Greys during the late 1970’s and early 1980’s was a direct consequence of the “Three Mile Island” nuclear discharge [50].
[50]The Three Mile Island accident was a partial nuclear meltdown that occurred on March 28, 1979, in one of the two Three Mile Island nuclear reactors in Dauphin County, Pennsylvania, United States. It was the worst accident in U.S. commercial nuclear power plant history.
The incident was rated a five on the seven-point International Nuclear Event Scale: Accident With Wider Consequences.
I do not think that there were any overt fighting, but I do know that the Type-I greys took a particularly “hard” stance on the need to secure nuclear sites around the world.
They considered this a serious issue, but the replacement president; Ronald Reagan (R) did not want to incorporate any of their suggestions. This then (possibly) led to other more “heated” disagreements between MAJestic and the Type-I greys during the mid 1980’s.
I do know that when the Chernobyl event [51] occurred, the Type-I greys were quite distressed and they were put on “full-alert” during that time. I can PERSONALLY confirm this. Their activities at the Oxia Palus Facility came to a complete stop[52] and their activities and resources were devoted to other areas during this time.
[51] The Chernobyl disaster was a catastrophic nuclear accident that occurred on 26 April 1986 at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant in Ukraine (then officially the Ukrainian SSR), which was under the direct jurisdiction of the central authorities of the Soviet Union. An explosion and fire released large quantities of radioactive particles into the atmosphere, which spread over much of the western USSR and Europe.
[52] Because of the differences in planetary time tracks, what occurred on the Earth in 1980 influenced Mars site events decades earlier, in the 1960’s I imagine. Time tracks vary from planetary influence to planetary influence. Mostly due to gravitational influences in the passage of time. Perception variances involve dimensional transitions (for a lack of any kind of equivalent terminology).
As of 2003 they were increasingly disturbed by decrease in certain elements of the insect population; notably bees, and some other species. They attributed a decrease in populations of these species as a direct consequence of human activities.
This was not the only element of human behavior that they found worrisome. They also did not like the fact that many nations were adding Fluorine to the potable water supply. These activities, and many others, were being monitored through biological sampling of livestock and (carefully engaged) biopsies of humans.
They monitored the earth environment specifically because of the actions of humans. They strongly felt that humans were behaving in a very toxic manner that would have long term consequences to the earth habitat. These kinds of activities, when adopted on a large scale, cause irreparable harm to the earth environment. They did not like it. They did not like it one bit.
As the “caretakers” and “domestic police force” of this planetary nursery, they are obviously concerned with the long term habitability of this planet. They are certainly more concerned about whether we (as humans) pollute the planet beyond sustainability, than they are worried about us fighting and killing each other for whatever reason or cause that (we as humans) consider important.
There should be no question in the readers mind that all actions of humans on the earth is only done in behest of the Type-I grey extraterrestrial species. It is in their best interest to help the development of the human form towards one of the other types sentience. That would be either “service to self” or “service to others”. Their charter is to do this without overt long term damage to the planet of solar system that we live in.
Culling of problematic humanoid groups
I do know that in the great past; perhaps 3000 years ago, they completely destroyed an entire sub-species of humans for the purposes of culling the current human lineage. They have also “seeded” various genetic markers and alterations to humans over the ages. While they have been doing this, they have eliminated any threat that would endanger their “crop” of subjects.
Part of their charter is to cull and assist in the development of the earth human form towards a stable archetype. Genetic variations not in line with the “preferred” development path are culled from the planet. They have no problems with this and do this quickly and without any ill will. Their view is that the souls of the humans thus culled will reincarnate into “more approved” humanoid forms before there is any change of long term unsustainable damage taking place.
For instance, they once cultivated a specific genetic marker in a human communal group in what is now Eastern Europe around 4000 years ago. They spent decades tending to the humans and monitoring them. After about 45 years, another group of humans; without the genetic modifications, encroached on this key group and started to attack them. (I believe the group was advancing northward, but I do not know which group it was.) The Type-1 greys, or course destroyed the encroaching humans. They would do these kinds of actions from time to time as needed to preserve the environment and the subjects that they are in charge of. Essentially, they just simply vaporized their settlements, and poisoned them through other means. They have always found it easy to manipulate humans over the years.
Utilization of controlled strife to achieve their objectives
“Some contend that encountering a highly advanced civilization - even one whose technology is essentially comprehensible to us - would produce a traumatic cultural shock effect on man by divesting him of his smug ethnocentrism and shattering the delusion that he is the center of the universe.
Carl Jung summed up this position when he wrote of contact with advanced extraterrestrial life that the "reins would be torn from our hands and we would, as a tearful old medicine man once said to me, find ourselves 'without dreams'...we would find out intellectual and spiritual aspirations so outmoded as to leave us completely paralyzed. I personally don't accept this position, but it's one that's widely held and can't be summarily dismissed.”
-Stanley Kubrick Playboy Interview (1968)
They are not warlike. However, they do seem to prefer a degree of strife in the world. Their activity is generally hands off and ambivalent, but that is perhaps illusionary. Their interest appears to be one of curious interest towards the complexities of the human condition. They seem to want or prefer to have the humans interact in the Earth in a state of upheaval or confusion. It is a hands-off interest. We do not know why this is.
The reader might be confused at this. After all, this species does cull humanoids from time to time, and does interact with humans so that humans follow a specific pre-defined evolutionary path. But the overall picture that I wish to present is one whereas the Type-I grey species watches and monitors the events and actions related to human development and evolution on earth.
From time to time, they take an active role and modify or manipulate humans or cultures or societies so that the humans develop and evolve in certain ways. Most of the time, there seems to be a general component of violence and strife. Whether that is due to the overall benefit of the evolutionary path that humans are on; or whether it is due to their personal desire to eventually “farm” the plump clusters of garbion’s that collect in the quantum souls of the humans is unknown.
The reader should take note of this important point.
The Type-I grey extraterrestrial specie is intent in preserving a human lineage as long as it is in agreement with the preferred individualized soul archetype. When it is not, they take an active role in culling it away; usually through war, violence or strife.
From their point of view; the following races of the earth human population has had the most “cleansing” or “evolutionary” activity necessitated to “purify” the quantum genetic encoding. (I apologize to the reader for my lack of linguistic precision.) All of these races has suffered through centuries of strife and evolutionary crucibles. The races are; [1] Chinese, [2] Polynesian, [3] Polish / Eastern European, [4] Jewish, [5] Selected South American evolutionary lines (which I cannot specifically identify).
That being stated, the information is meaningless.
All it means is that certain groups or races of people have the quantum level garbions arranged in the “correct” or preferred sequence or order as preferred by the Type-I grey extraterrestrial species. It does not mean that they are inherently good or bad, or will move toward a fantastic evolutionary path. It just simply implies that certain groups of people are further along in the quantum connections between the physical and the soul according to the protocol as established by the <redacted> race.
Actual Interests
Their motivations are as stated previously. I will repeat them yet again. [1] They seem to be intent on the collection of advancing individual soul entities that are NOT successful in evolving in this solar system nursery for evolving races. [2] They seem to have a role as interstellar caretakers for this particular region and [3] they seem to be operating under the control of a local galactic entity who utilizes the <redacted> race as the local authorizes. Thus in this role that they participate in the nurturing of the human race towards its development, those individuals which cannot advance are absorbed by their collective in ways that we cannot fully comprehend.
Long-term involvement with humans
They have been involved with humans for at least 30 to 50,000 years [53] and possibly much longer. They have been interacting with the Earth for at least 300,000 to 200,000 years. They have, in the past, genetically modified humans into what we are today. They have video and audio, 3D historical records [54] of their dealings with humans to prove this.
[53] The Upper Paleolithic (or Upper Paleolithic, Late Stone Age) is the third and last subdivision of the Paleolithic or Old Stone Age as it is understood in Europe, Africa and Asia. Very broadly, it dates to between 50,000 and 10,000 years ago, roughly coinciding with the appearance of behavioral modernity and before the advent of agriculture. The terms "Later Stone Age" and "Upper Paleolithic" refer to the same periods. For historical reasons, "Later Stone Age" usually refers to the period in Africa, whereas "Upper Paleolithic" is generally used when referring to the period in Europe.
[54] I have never seen or heard these recordings, but secondary sources have mentioned this a number of times. I believe that they have these records. If they could be involved in genetic engineering 200,000 years ago with the use of space-ships, I am sure that they had audio / visual equipment as well.
There is also significant evidence that they have had contact and involvement with humans far earlier than this. But I couldn’t find anything related to that in the <redacted>, nor in any Internet writings. That doesn’t mean that it didn’t happen. Truth be told, I have a strong fundamental and intuitive[55] understanding that they have been involved with the human race far earlier than a mere 30,000 years ago.
[55] For me, an “intuitive understanding” is an “entangled understanding” with the drone pilot, which may or may not lead to the hive central repository of memories.
The fact and the truth is that they have been involved with other species of humans including the Neanderthals, and other archaic humans similiar to shuch types as Homo ergaster, Homo gautengensis, Homo habilis, and Homo rudolfensis. To name just a few of the many branches of their involvement. They were involved in many other humanoid variations as well, but I never took the time to fully investigate this avenue of investigation.
(Incidentally; many of the pictorial “recreations” of these earlier humanoid forms tend to show them looking more like distant relatives of monkeys rather than distant relatives of humans. This is wrong. A number of them were not at all as “hairy” as described by conventional artists. Imagine small hairless ugly monkeys with dark negroid skin, and the picture is more in tune with the reality concerning these other branches of the human race.)
Compatibility with humans
They have been involved in the evolution of humans for centuries. One of their objectives appears to locate compatible quantum soul constructs on individual human subjects. This is done to inject quantum level appliances in the human soul bodies. Then these appliances are used to create human “agents” with the extraterrestrial race to work with them to complete mutually beneficial goals.
Some of these individuals are known as “abductees”[56]. Unfortunately, due to [1] memory isolation, [2] compartmentalization, and the [3] human social background, the human involved forgets their true role or purpose. This is really something that upsets me personally. If there is one thing that I must make clear is that the Grey’s do not, absolutely, get involved with a human soul construct without prior approval. They just do not; it only seems that way to the individual.
[56] The terms alien abduction or abduction phenomenon describe "subjectively real memories of being taken secretly against one's will by apparently nonhuman entities and subjected to complex physical and psychological procedures". People claiming to have been abducted are usually called "abductees" or "experiencers".
Due to a paucity of objective physical evidence, most scientists and mental health professionals dismiss the phenomenon as "deception, suggestibility (fantasy-proneness, hypnotizability, false memory syndrome), personality, sleep paralysis, psychopathology, psychodynamics [and] environmental factors". However, the late Prof. John E. Mack, a respected Harvard University psychiatrist, devoted a substantial amount of time to investigating such cases and eventually concluded that the only phenomenon in psychiatry that adequately explained the patients' symptoms in several of the most compelling cases was posttraumatic stress disorder.
The approval to get involved with a human is a tedious one. It involves not only the [1] individual human, who must approve the relationship in its entirety, but also that of the [2] human soul community. (Like in the physical world, the human community is a complicated affair, with groups within groups; all with different hierarchies and levels of control.) This is not done in the physical, but instead it is done in the quantum cloud where the soul dwells (Heaven).
The human soul community consists of humans with active physical bodies and those without physical bodies. Some people call this community “heaven”, but that is really a simplistic term for a complex quantum field. All humans possess souls, which is nothing less than the bulk of their being. These souls are not perceptible by physical human senses as they consist of higher order quanta that move about, dance and flitter in and out of time and space.
In the human soul community (Heaven) are individuals who manage the development and advancement of the quantum soul. It is an interesting subject, but beyond the scope here. For a reasonably accurate portrayal of this environment, please read the works by Doctor Newton “Journey of Souls”. Never the less, approval must be given by those whom manage the individual human soul. The grey extraterrestrials will not work with a human unless they have this approval.
Failure to obtain this approval will result in serious consequences for the Type-1 grey extraterrestrial race. They run the risk of a soul-level conflagration involving very powerful quantum-level creatures and entities of far greater ability and vibratory frequencies than humans. Their behavior is always kept in check by higher order entities. That is why they must ask permission before getting involved in the soul quanta of a separate race. No matter how advanced one race is, there will always be another race of greater abilities and powers.
Truth be told, the amount of soul experience obtained by an “abductee”, or someone who works inter-species in this fashion is greatly rewarding for the individual soul.
While it might appear to be painful and problematic, the experience greatly balloons the depth, breadth, density and scope of the quantum cloud that is often called the soul. In short, being an “abductee” is a great honor.
In fact, by simply being an “abductee”, the human soul prepares itself for rapid soul evolution to a reincarnation into something or some soul form beyond and above that of a human. (Of course, the exposure to other soul forms and aged interplanetary species, expands the experiences of a given soul. The expanded experiences expands upon the entangled quanta, and thus greatly and rapidly evolves the given soul.) This is much like the project that I was ultimately involved in.
Known recent history
This race has been very active on Earth. But historically, they have been doing so with autonomy. As far as we know, they never had treaties with humans until the first treaties with the Americans in the late 1940’s.
Prior to that time, activities and dealings that they had with humans were those of God to servant or subject. During these relationships, they mostly stayed aloof and apart, when they did make contact it was always from a position of control. This older relationship existed for many, many tens of thousands of years. No treaties were necessary, they commanded and we obeyed.
<redacted> records indicated that the type-1 extraterrestrials possibly had contact with the Nazi Germans in the early 1930’s. But this is not true. The Germans did have contact with an extraterrestrial race, but it was not this race. It was the <redacted> They are not similar at all, but from a cursory observation [57], one might make the (casual) mistake that they are identical.
[57] Made through dirty binoculars at a distance of three miles…
After World War II, when the Germans were defeated, the Americans seized the vast bulk of scientific development from the Germans during “Operation paperclip”[58].
[58] Operation Paperclip was the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) program used to recruit the scientists of Nazi Germany for employment by the United States in the aftermath of World War II. It was conducted by the Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JIOA), and in the context of the burgeoning Cold War. One purpose of Operation Paperclip was to deny German scientific expertise and knowledge to the Soviet Union and the United Kingdom, as well as inhibiting post-war Germany from redeveloping its military research capabilities.
Experiments using the seized German radar installations [59] resulted in the de-cloaking of the vehicles that this race flew. In addition, the radar interfered with the propulsion of these vehicles, and a number of these vehicles crashed and were seized by the United States Military. That is how the United States first made contact with this race. (More about this elsewhere.)
[59] The seized German radar equipment included GEMA, Darmstadt, and Einheit für Abfragung (DFA - Device for Detection) technologies.
Studies of the vehicles and subsequent attempts in (American initiated) communication resulted a number of treaties being signed. The first was in 1964 about the time of the New York World’s fair. This was about 15 years after the United States started to study the procured extraterrestrial technology.
This treaty [1] setup a route of communication between the two races, [2] enabled trade of technology, and [3] permitted them to study livestock and do biological research (not that they needed our permission, mind you, I think that it was more of a courtesy).
All of these activities were supposedly “harmless” activities. At this time the United States[4] agreed to work with the rest of the nations on the planet Earth to create a one world government that would control (not end) widespread global infighting between nations.
(IMPORTANT NOTE: The goal was NOT to create a one-world government. But, rather to limit the use of nuclear weapons between powerful nations.)
The extraterrestrial race representative [5] promised to allow the Earth to join a regional federation of races if we could do this.
Thus, the United States began a program of unity and manipulation to create an Earth that could be viewed as an active participant in this society. Leading individuals and influential sources of (political, economic, military and financial) power were contacted at this time.
They were told of the personal benefits that they (themselves) would enjoy if they went along with this strategy. (Humans in leadership positions tend to possess a “Service to Self” sentience.) They, for the most part (with notable exceptions), were (intentionally and explicitly) not told of any (direct) extraterrestrial link, however.
Thus, at this time, there was a great cultural push in the USA for a unified world. One of the most popular songs at this time was “It’s a small world”[60]. The United Nations, led by the United States, called for widespread decolonization and the creation of autonomous nations instead. This thus began the embryonic beginnings of the often maligned “New World Order”[61].
[60] It's a Small World (stylized as "it's a small world" by The Walt Disney Company) is a popular musical boat ride located in the Fantasyland area at each of the Walt Disney Parks and Resorts worldwide: Disneyland Park in California, the Magic Kingdom (in Florida), Tokyo Disneyland, Disneyland Paris, Hong Kong Disneyland, and Shanghai Disneyland Park.
The ride features over 300 brightly costumed audio-animatronic dolls in the style of children of the world, frolicking in a spirit of international unity and singing the attraction's title song, which has a theme of global peace. "Children of the World" was the working title of the attraction.
Its tentative soundtrack featured the national anthems of the countries represented throughout the ride all playing all at once, which resulted in a cacophonous noise. Walt showed a scale model of the attraction to his staff songwriters Robert B. Sherman and Richard M. Sherman, saying, "I need one song that can be easily translated into many languages and be played as a round." The Sherman Brothers then wrote "It's a small world (after all)" Which eventually became a global success.
[61] As a conspiracy theory, the term New World Order or NWO refers to the emergence of a totalitarian one-world government.
The common theme in conspiracy theories about a New World Order is that a secretive power elite with a globalist agenda is conspiring to eventually rule the world through an authoritarian world government—which replaces sovereign nation-states—and an all-encompassing propaganda that ideologizes its establishment as the culmination of history's progress.
Significant occurrences in politics and finance are speculated to be orchestrated by an unduly influential cabal operating through many front organizations.
Numerous historical and current events are seen as steps in an on-going plot to achieve world domination through secret political gatherings and decision-making processes.
This belief is often maligned as fictional by the monolithic American media, but the actions and activities are actually real and valid. The ultimate goal of the NWO is not as a totalitarian leadership, but rather as a global social democracy. However, the very nature of those who aspire to lead; “Service to Self” sentience nearly guarantees that the organization will eventually evolve into a harsh totalitarian government. The Type-1 greys would prefer this to occur, while the <redacted> strive for a more peaceful social democratic order.
The treaties made between the United States and this extraterrestrial race were explicit in that only existing underground extraterrestrial installations on the Earth are considered to be the only sovereign areas under the treaty.
They, in turn, expressed a strong desire to limit the (public[62]) American exploration of the moon.[63]
[62] Americans are permitted to have space habitats and vehicles on other planets, but only as long as the grey extraterrestrials are involved. This often times requires a physical presence. Due to the secrecy of MAJestic, no American can know about these space exploratory efforts because in doing so they would expose the Type-1 grey extraterrestrial presence as well as the MAJestic organization.
[63] We do not know why they wanted to limit exploration of the moon. However, I speculate that they wanted to limit the advancement of our manned space sciences. They do not want humans to explore the solar system, or space, unless we do so under their terms. That is the only way that I can reconcile the fact that they are providing us with advanced technologies, but limiting our human explorative activities. I personally believe that part of the reasoning behind these limitations involve the presence of extremely large extraterrestrial cities on the moon, as well as the belief that humans are property of the Type-1 grey extraterrestrials.
In the early 1970’s, in response to their requests, the (public exploration of the moon by the) Apollo Moon exploration program [64] was terminated.
[64] The Apollo program, also known as Project Apollo, was the third human spaceflight program carried out by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the United States' civilian space agency, and the program was responsible for the landing of the first humans on Earth's Moon in 1969.
First conceived during the Presidency of Dwight D. Eisenhower as a three-man spacecraft to follow the one-man Project Mercury which put the first Americans in space, Apollo was later dedicated to President John F. Kennedy's national goal of "landing a man on the Moon and returning him safely to the Earth" by the end of the 1960s, which he proposed in a May 25, 1961, address to Congress. Project Mercury was followed by the two-man Project Gemini (1962–66). The first manned flight of Apollo was in 1968.
This was a surprise, as the entire program was in process and all the vehicles were fabricated and ready for launch. The equipment was all in place, and the astronauts were all trained and ready to go. The cancellation of the program was a most mysterious one, as it would have been far cheaper to simply let the program expire with no new programs, instead of scrapping those rockets already completed. In fact, the most ambitious aspects of the program were canceled. And thus, all subsequent manned space exploration ended or was limited to near Earth orbits and regions[65].
[65] This is all APPARENT manned space exploration. Since the advent of the treaties between the United States and the Type-1 grey extraterrestrials; apparently the technology development took on a new direction.
First a public display for the purposes of population control and propaganda was maintained. This meant that NASA retained control of United States space exploration abilities, and it was here that provided the public illusion of the efforts that the United States was involved in. But the true and actual space exploration and technological development became hidden.
It was, and still is, substantially larger in scope and budget than NASA is. This program is active in space exploration in our solar system, but it must be kept secret because it requires “holding hand” monitoring by the Type-1 grey extraterrestrials. After all, I was <redacted>. Space exploration has continued in secret. There are MAJestic manned facilities on both the moon and on Mars as far as I know. I do not think that there are bases or facilities anywhere else in the system at this time.
However, actual space exploration by the United States did not cease. Instead it became restructured and went “deep black” budget. The military-industrial complex through MAJestic took over and space exploration continued in secrecy. This was facilitated by the Type-1 greys.
For we actually are; we are a sentience that is being incubated within a nursery for evolving intelligences in our solar system. They must control our learning development and prevent us from harming our environment or developing non-approved soul configurations of sentience’s. Because physical contact with new ideas and species renders absolute effects on a given species, the interaction between species must be completely, vigorously, and rigorously controlled.
Large scale transfer of extraterrestrial technology began upon the termination of the Apollo Program. Systems that were in place to collect, gather, sort, and study captured and obtained technology were expanded during the early 1970’s. A number of gray extraterrestrial entities actually (physically) worked alongside American scientists in secure locations in California, Nevada, New Mexico and Ohio.
This is true. They actually worked in the physical form inside secure American military installations. As such they maintained their own quarters, facilities and abodes. These facilities were constructed in specially fabricated deep underground chambers with extensive security measures put in place.
Such as my training at China Lake.
A great push toward utilizing their extraterrestrial technology occurred during the mid-1970’s and that resulted in an enormous increase in black-budget funding. One of the primary architects of this funding impetus was President Jimmy Carter.
Though, it is not clear if he was aware of the extraterrestrial connections involved. (Typically, and for reasons that are not clear to me, Democrats tend to be kept “out of the loop” in regards to MAJestic operations. Perhaps it is because the MAJestic organization is an organization that was spawned from a military background, and Democrats are politically opposed to all elements of the American military-Industrial complex. But that is only my opinion, and not verified in any way as the truth.)
Maybe that is changing with all the neocons that seem to be embracing the progressive liberals today in 2019. Ah... they are all fools. They seem to think that wars are always far-off affairs using guns. They seem to forget that smallpox can become very personal and very deadly very quickly.
Subsequent treaties occurred under President Reagan in the 1980s. As part of these treaties, the United States has agreed not to interfere with any alien operational plans in their trade for technology[66]. Since then, there have been a number of agreements and treaties signed with other races as well.
[66] These technology trades include and involve extraterrestrial supervised manned excursions outside of the near-earth orbit by Americans in the MAJestic program. This includes not only the <redacted>, but a number of facilities <redacted>.
Conflict
“ I gotta tell you, it’s a little disappointing. People always ask me about Roswell and the aliens and UFOs, and it turns out the stuff going on that’s top secret isn’t nearly as exciting as you expect. In this day and age, it’s not as top secret as you’d think…”
-President Obama in an interview with GQ magazine .
There have been moments of disagreement between the United States and various extraterrestrial races. There were hostilities in May of 1975, and again in the early to middle 1980s. Indeed, there was a particularly bad period of hostilities during the middle 1980s . I do not know too much about any of it. I do know that it all was eventually resolved and all incidents forgiven (by all involved) as misunderstandings.
According to Robert Lazar, an underground facility below Groom Lake was the sight of an intense fire-fight between Grays and U.S. Military personnel. He said that this occurred after a human Security officer had challenged an alien dictate not to enter a certain alien-controlled area with a loaded weapon, and was subsequently killed as a result of his challenge.
This 'war' was actually a 'massacre' according to Michael Wolf. He claimed that the first outbreak of violence occurred in 1975. It occurred during a demonstration of an anti-matter reactor within an underground chamber. The Greys operating the demonstration ordered the human security officers to remove the bullets from their weapons.
Thomas Castello claims that another battle occurred below Dulce four years later in 1979, after several scientists who had discovered a “horrible truth”.
These are all sources of dubious claims. I know NOTHING at all about the battles and fights. They had nothing to do with me, though I “heard” tangential evidence of various events outside my range of control. This is all from secondary sources. They should be considered with some skepticism as when this species "tells you" to do something, you obey without question. There is no will power involved to question them or their requests.
I caution everyone reading or studying this event not to color what they read with their own philosophies and experiences. There are those whom claim that the hostilities began at a military facility on the Earth, while others claim that it was the result of other events. I really do not know much about these events.
I have never seen or been to the New Mexico facility that is often considered to be central to the conflict. But in general, the reader must understand the most significant of understandings in extraterrestrial – human interactions; War and fighting between races should not be equated with human to human conflict. They are not equivalent.
From the point of view of the Type-1 grays, the physical body is only a very dense container. The destruction of the container appears to be an apparent death, but the soul persists. They were never concerned about the death of their colleagues, but rather interruptive behavior in their activities. (Since they are a hive/matrix soul structure, the death or obliteration of a single container is meaningless to the hive collective.)
Once treaties were put in place to prevent future altercations, normal relations continued. I can positively affirm that this is the case.
Cattle Mutations
"The U.S. government has no evidence that any life exists outside our planet, or that an extraterrestrial presence has contacted or engaged any member of the human race, In addition, there is no credible information to suggest that any evidence is being hidden from the public's eye."
-Phil Larson of the White House Office of Science & Technology Policy wrote in a statement (Nov. 4, 2011). During the Obama administration.
This extraterrestrial race is interested in the general health of our planet and the solar system. They view us as dangerous in our ignorance of how the universe works. Thus, they monitor the earth and the biosphere that we interact in. Therefore, it is perfectly reasonable to expect them to take biological samples, from time to time, as they conduct their monitoring efforts.
Some people state that the phenomena concerning the mutation of livestock is due to this race conducting (unsanctioned[67]) experiments or evaluations on Earth. I know nothing about any alleged experimentation[68].
[67] Unsanctioned by the local human government where the “experiments” have taken place.
[68] There is evidence that some of the cattle mutations are hoaxes and disinformation efforts by United States personnel for various reasons. But the Type-I grey extraterrestrials do absolutely conduct periodic biological biopsies on cattle and other kinds of livestock. They are interested in certain areas and regions and conduct specific types of tests in doing so.
However, I do know that the United States has given them great latitude to monitor[69] the biosphere of this planet (in areas that are under the control of the American nation or aligned nations).
[69] According to treaty, they are permitted to gather biological samples, observe, and record their findings. They are not permitted to harm or hurt any humans in the process. They are specifically limited in the number and frequency in their collection efforts. And they did agree to it.
Many of the cow abductions are not done by the Type-1 grey extraterrestrials but rather done by others, typically rogue military who conduct hoaxes for the humor derived from it.
I do know that they are concerned about the health of our planet[70].
[70] Aside from their general concern related to raising the level of consciousness of the human race, they have a vested interest in maintaining the usability of this planet for subsequent races in the future.
They do not consider the Earth to belong to mankind at all.
Instead they view this as a kind of kindergarten for the growth and cultivation of mammalian intelligences. One the humans evolve, whether through extinction or through attrition, the world must be ready for other intelligences to utilize it.
I also know that they have a responsibility towards making the biosphere healthy. They also have a vested interest in the preservation of the Earth habitat. It might be alien to their core biological processes, but human intervention as a result of pollution and nuclear debris are certainly undesirable outcomes.
I also know that various hoaxers and government employees, whether independent or though direction, have also created fabricated cattle abduction events. I don’t know why they would do such a thing.
It is a true waste to destroy cattle in this manner. Certainly from the point of view of a steak lover, the loss of 1500 pounds of steak a pop just for the creation of the illusion of UFO cattle abductions is a true shame. I do not care if the person is a general or a private; this kind of abuse is a travesty. I speak with the wisdom of a true and real steak lover.
If our extraterrestrial partners are involved in this cattle mutation, or abduction activity, I do not know anything specific[71] about it.
[71] <redacted> confirms that certain <redacted> were used as observers during these collection events. I can confirm that. I can also confirm that biological samples were obtained; both from animal and human subjects. I can further confirm that the MAJestic organization is aware of this collection process and permits it to continue.
It is my firm belief that in all cases, the biological samples obtained from both the humans and the animal specimens were collected in a humane manner; sparing the person or animal any pain or anguish.
The base library had nothing of substance in this area. As far as the documents on the base were concerned, no information regarding these accusations were present[72]. The race is involved in monitoring the Earth environment, and collecting biological samples. How they did this was not discussed[73].
[72] Though other MAJestic members were actually involved in some of these collection efforts somewhat. This information, collected through <redacted>, has enabled me to acquire a limited amount of information regarding this situation.
[73] The collection of biological samples and cow and livestock abductions are not at all incompatible. Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that these two separate events are connected in some way.
I also know that some <redacted> were also utilized for this biological sample collection effort. To this end, their presence was sanctioned by the United States Government.
This was for purposes to monitor the actions of the Type-1 greys by human operators via <redacted>. Apparently there were reports of irregularities in the collection process, and it was felt that the entire process should be monitored by representatives of the United States government.
Initially these observers were humans, but they soon were replaced by <redacted>. Indeed, some of my colleagues were involved in this activity. Thus they rode alongside the type-1 gray extraterrestrials to monitor their activities in behest of the American government.
Thus, the regulation of this collection process is maintained by MAJestic. To this end, both humans in MAJestic and <redacted> monitor the biological collection missions.
Bob Lazar
Bob Lazar is also a former member of MAJestic. I never worked with him, and my experiences are entirely different than his. However he has made some interesting statements. Like myself he has also read documentation on this species, though unlike me, he has never met them face to face. Thus he parrots the “official” information regarding this species.
According to Bob Lazar, the Government documents he reviewed stated that the aliens or Extraterrestrial Biological Entities (EBEs) were three to four feet tall and weigh twenty-five to fifty pounds. Their bodies vaguely resemble a human toddler’s torso if emaciated from hunger. They have grayish skin and large heads with almond shaped wrap-around eyes. They have very slight nose, mouth, and ear positions and are hairless. Bob Lazar was not able to give any detail from the lower abdomen down, and to date, any other information corroborating this description only refers to the EBE’s head.
To me, this all sounds very close to the description of the type-1 grey extraterrestrials.
Final Notes and Comment
I must apologize for all the redactions. There are some things that I cannot elaborate upon. At least not at this time, and while I have provided a very generous amount of data, none of it is officially sanctioned from the human side of MAJestic as far as I know. I am just presenting what I am permitted to present, as I understand it to be. In cases of doubt or confusion I erred on the side of secrecy.
The Type-1 extraterrestrials did not work in isolation. There were events and procedures that required the assistance of other species and relationships. I redacted everything regarding these other events, and I apologize for any confusion that might result from that decision.
I have placed herein as much as I know about the very first extraterrestrials that I encountered. I placed it herein alongside with my understanding as part of my entanglement (as that was my ultimate role). There are many holes and mysteries here, as I do not have all the answers.
While I have referred to secondary sources as questionable source, the reader must recognize that I too might be wrong in certain things that I believe most strongly in. After all, there are people who actually believe in “global warming”, I could just as easily be blinded by my own ignorance as well. It is up to the reader to decide.
MAJestic Related Posts – Training
These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.
MAJestic Related Posts – Training
These are posts and articles that revolve around how I was recruited for MAJestic and my training. Also discussed is the nature of secret programs. I really do not know why the organization was kept so secret. It really wasn’t because of any kind of military concern, and the technologies were way too involved for any kind of information transfer. The only conclusion that I can come to is that we were obligated to maintain secrecy at the behalf of our extraterrestrial benefactors.
MAJestic Related Posts – Our Universe
These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.
Enjoy.
MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel
These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that cover this topic.
John Titor Related Posts
Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.
These particular posts are concerned about the universe that we are all part of. Being entangled as I was, and involved in the crazy things that I was, I was given some insight. This insight wasn’t anything super special. Rather it offered me perception along with advantage. Here, I try to impart some of that knowledge through discussion.
Enjoy.
MAJestic Related Posts – World-Line Travel
These posts are related to “reality slides”. Other more common terms are “world-line travel”, or the MWI. What people fail to grasp is that when a person has the ability to slide into a different reality (pass into a different world-line), they are able to “touch” Heaven to some extent. Here are posts that cover this topic.
John Titor Related Posts
Another person, collectively known by the identity of “John Titor” claimed to utilize world-line (MWI egress) travel to collect artifacts from the past. He is an interesting subject to discuss. Here we have multiple posts in this regard.